##// END OF EJS Templates
config: move ui.pre-merge-tool-output-template into [command-templates]...
Martin von Zweigbergk -
r46353:5effb199 default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,1597 +1,1600
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 #
4 #
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7
7
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9
9
10 import functools
10 import functools
11 import re
11 import re
12
12
13 from . import (
13 from . import (
14 encoding,
14 encoding,
15 error,
15 error,
16 )
16 )
17
17
18
18
19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
24 newkeys = set(items)
24 newkeys = set(items)
25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
29
29
30 knownitems.update(items)
30 knownitems.update(items)
31
31
32
32
33 class configitem(object):
33 class configitem(object):
34 """represent a known config item
34 """represent a known config item
35
35
36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
37 :name: the official name within the section,
37 :name: the official name within the section,
38 :default: default value for this item,
38 :default: default value for this item,
39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
41 """
41 """
42
42
43 def __init__(
43 def __init__(
44 self,
44 self,
45 section,
45 section,
46 name,
46 name,
47 default=None,
47 default=None,
48 alias=(),
48 alias=(),
49 generic=False,
49 generic=False,
50 priority=0,
50 priority=0,
51 experimental=False,
51 experimental=False,
52 ):
52 ):
53 self.section = section
53 self.section = section
54 self.name = name
54 self.name = name
55 self.default = default
55 self.default = default
56 self.alias = list(alias)
56 self.alias = list(alias)
57 self.generic = generic
57 self.generic = generic
58 self.priority = priority
58 self.priority = priority
59 self.experimental = experimental
59 self.experimental = experimental
60 self._re = None
60 self._re = None
61 if generic:
61 if generic:
62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
63
63
64
64
65 class itemregister(dict):
65 class itemregister(dict):
66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
67
67
68 def __init__(self):
68 def __init__(self):
69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
70 self._generics = set()
70 self._generics = set()
71
71
72 def update(self, other):
72 def update(self, other):
73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
75
75
76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
78 if item.generic:
78 if item.generic:
79 self._generics.add(item)
79 self._generics.add(item)
80
80
81 def get(self, key):
81 def get(self, key):
82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
84 return baseitem
84 return baseitem
85
85
86 # search for a matching generic item
86 # search for a matching generic item
87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
88 for item in generics:
88 for item in generics:
89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
93 #
93 #
94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
100 if item._re.match(key):
100 if item._re.match(key):
101 return item
101 return item
102
102
103 return None
103 return None
104
104
105
105
106 coreitems = {}
106 coreitems = {}
107
107
108
108
109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
112 if item.name in section:
112 if item.name in section:
113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
115 section[item.name] = item
115 section[item.name] = item
116
116
117
117
118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
119 dynamicdefault = object()
119 dynamicdefault = object()
120
120
121 # Registering actual config items
121 # Registering actual config items
122
122
123
123
124 def getitemregister(configtable):
124 def getitemregister(configtable):
125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
128 return f
128 return f
129
129
130
130
131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
132
132
133
133
134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
135 coreconfigitem(
135 coreconfigitem(
136 section, configprefix + b'nodates', default=False,
136 section, configprefix + b'nodates', default=False,
137 )
137 )
138 coreconfigitem(
138 coreconfigitem(
139 section, configprefix + b'showfunc', default=False,
139 section, configprefix + b'showfunc', default=False,
140 )
140 )
141 coreconfigitem(
141 coreconfigitem(
142 section, configprefix + b'unified', default=None,
142 section, configprefix + b'unified', default=None,
143 )
143 )
144 coreconfigitem(
144 coreconfigitem(
145 section, configprefix + b'git', default=False,
145 section, configprefix + b'git', default=False,
146 )
146 )
147 coreconfigitem(
147 coreconfigitem(
148 section, configprefix + b'ignorews', default=False,
148 section, configprefix + b'ignorews', default=False,
149 )
149 )
150 coreconfigitem(
150 coreconfigitem(
151 section, configprefix + b'ignorewsamount', default=False,
151 section, configprefix + b'ignorewsamount', default=False,
152 )
152 )
153 coreconfigitem(
153 coreconfigitem(
154 section, configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines', default=False,
154 section, configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines', default=False,
155 )
155 )
156 coreconfigitem(
156 coreconfigitem(
157 section, configprefix + b'ignorewseol', default=False,
157 section, configprefix + b'ignorewseol', default=False,
158 )
158 )
159 coreconfigitem(
159 coreconfigitem(
160 section, configprefix + b'nobinary', default=False,
160 section, configprefix + b'nobinary', default=False,
161 )
161 )
162 coreconfigitem(
162 coreconfigitem(
163 section, configprefix + b'noprefix', default=False,
163 section, configprefix + b'noprefix', default=False,
164 )
164 )
165 coreconfigitem(
165 coreconfigitem(
166 section, configprefix + b'word-diff', default=False,
166 section, configprefix + b'word-diff', default=False,
167 )
167 )
168
168
169
169
170 coreconfigitem(
170 coreconfigitem(
171 b'alias', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
171 b'alias', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
172 )
172 )
173 coreconfigitem(
173 coreconfigitem(
174 b'auth', b'cookiefile', default=None,
174 b'auth', b'cookiefile', default=None,
175 )
175 )
176 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
176 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
177 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
177 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
178 coreconfigitem(
178 coreconfigitem(
179 b'bookmarks', b'pushing', default=list,
179 b'bookmarks', b'pushing', default=list,
180 )
180 )
181 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
181 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
182 coreconfigitem(
182 coreconfigitem(
183 b'bundle', b'mainreporoot', default=b'',
183 b'bundle', b'mainreporoot', default=b'',
184 )
184 )
185 coreconfigitem(
185 coreconfigitem(
186 b'censor', b'policy', default=b'abort', experimental=True,
186 b'censor', b'policy', default=b'abort', experimental=True,
187 )
187 )
188 coreconfigitem(
188 coreconfigitem(
189 b'chgserver', b'idletimeout', default=3600,
189 b'chgserver', b'idletimeout', default=3600,
190 )
190 )
191 coreconfigitem(
191 coreconfigitem(
192 b'chgserver', b'skiphash', default=False,
192 b'chgserver', b'skiphash', default=False,
193 )
193 )
194 coreconfigitem(
194 coreconfigitem(
195 b'cmdserver', b'log', default=None,
195 b'cmdserver', b'log', default=None,
196 )
196 )
197 coreconfigitem(
197 coreconfigitem(
198 b'cmdserver', b'max-log-files', default=7,
198 b'cmdserver', b'max-log-files', default=7,
199 )
199 )
200 coreconfigitem(
200 coreconfigitem(
201 b'cmdserver', b'max-log-size', default=b'1 MB',
201 b'cmdserver', b'max-log-size', default=b'1 MB',
202 )
202 )
203 coreconfigitem(
203 coreconfigitem(
204 b'cmdserver', b'max-repo-cache', default=0, experimental=True,
204 b'cmdserver', b'max-repo-cache', default=0, experimental=True,
205 )
205 )
206 coreconfigitem(
206 coreconfigitem(
207 b'cmdserver', b'message-encodings', default=list,
207 b'cmdserver', b'message-encodings', default=list,
208 )
208 )
209 coreconfigitem(
209 coreconfigitem(
210 b'cmdserver',
210 b'cmdserver',
211 b'track-log',
211 b'track-log',
212 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
212 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
213 )
213 )
214 coreconfigitem(
214 coreconfigitem(
215 b'cmdserver', b'shutdown-on-interrupt', default=True,
215 b'cmdserver', b'shutdown-on-interrupt', default=True,
216 )
216 )
217 coreconfigitem(
217 coreconfigitem(
218 b'color', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
218 b'color', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
219 )
219 )
220 coreconfigitem(
220 coreconfigitem(
221 b'color', b'mode', default=b'auto',
221 b'color', b'mode', default=b'auto',
222 )
222 )
223 coreconfigitem(
223 coreconfigitem(
224 b'color', b'pagermode', default=dynamicdefault,
224 b'color', b'pagermode', default=dynamicdefault,
225 )
225 )
226 coreconfigitem(
226 coreconfigitem(
227 b'command-templates',
227 b'command-templates',
228 b'graphnode',
228 b'graphnode',
229 default=None,
229 default=None,
230 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
230 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
231 )
231 )
232 coreconfigitem(
232 coreconfigitem(
233 b'command-templates', b'log', default=None, alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
233 b'command-templates', b'log', default=None, alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
234 )
234 )
235 coreconfigitem(
235 coreconfigitem(
236 b'command-templates',
236 b'command-templates',
237 b'mergemarker',
237 b'mergemarker',
238 default=(
238 default=(
239 b'{node|short} '
239 b'{node|short} '
240 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
240 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
241 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
241 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
242 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
242 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
243 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
243 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
244 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
244 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
245 ),
245 ),
246 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
246 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
247 )
247 )
248 coreconfigitem(
249 b'command-templates',
250 b'pre-merge-tool-output',
251 default=None,
252 alias=[(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')],
253 )
248 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
254 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
249 coreconfigitem(
255 coreconfigitem(
250 b'commands', b'commit.post-status', default=False,
256 b'commands', b'commit.post-status', default=False,
251 )
257 )
252 coreconfigitem(
258 coreconfigitem(
253 b'commands', b'grep.all-files', default=False, experimental=True,
259 b'commands', b'grep.all-files', default=False, experimental=True,
254 )
260 )
255 coreconfigitem(
261 coreconfigitem(
256 b'commands', b'merge.require-rev', default=False,
262 b'commands', b'merge.require-rev', default=False,
257 )
263 )
258 coreconfigitem(
264 coreconfigitem(
259 b'commands', b'push.require-revs', default=False,
265 b'commands', b'push.require-revs', default=False,
260 )
266 )
261 coreconfigitem(
267 coreconfigitem(
262 b'commands', b'resolve.confirm', default=False,
268 b'commands', b'resolve.confirm', default=False,
263 )
269 )
264 coreconfigitem(
270 coreconfigitem(
265 b'commands', b'resolve.explicit-re-merge', default=False,
271 b'commands', b'resolve.explicit-re-merge', default=False,
266 )
272 )
267 coreconfigitem(
273 coreconfigitem(
268 b'commands', b'resolve.mark-check', default=b'none',
274 b'commands', b'resolve.mark-check', default=b'none',
269 )
275 )
270 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
276 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
271 coreconfigitem(
277 coreconfigitem(
272 b'commands', b'show.aliasprefix', default=list,
278 b'commands', b'show.aliasprefix', default=list,
273 )
279 )
274 coreconfigitem(
280 coreconfigitem(
275 b'commands', b'status.relative', default=False,
281 b'commands', b'status.relative', default=False,
276 )
282 )
277 coreconfigitem(
283 coreconfigitem(
278 b'commands', b'status.skipstates', default=[], experimental=True,
284 b'commands', b'status.skipstates', default=[], experimental=True,
279 )
285 )
280 coreconfigitem(
286 coreconfigitem(
281 b'commands', b'status.terse', default=b'',
287 b'commands', b'status.terse', default=b'',
282 )
288 )
283 coreconfigitem(
289 coreconfigitem(
284 b'commands', b'status.verbose', default=False,
290 b'commands', b'status.verbose', default=False,
285 )
291 )
286 coreconfigitem(
292 coreconfigitem(
287 b'commands', b'update.check', default=None,
293 b'commands', b'update.check', default=None,
288 )
294 )
289 coreconfigitem(
295 coreconfigitem(
290 b'commands', b'update.requiredest', default=False,
296 b'commands', b'update.requiredest', default=False,
291 )
297 )
292 coreconfigitem(
298 coreconfigitem(
293 b'committemplate', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
299 b'committemplate', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
294 )
300 )
295 coreconfigitem(
301 coreconfigitem(
296 b'convert', b'bzr.saverev', default=True,
302 b'convert', b'bzr.saverev', default=True,
297 )
303 )
298 coreconfigitem(
304 coreconfigitem(
299 b'convert', b'cvsps.cache', default=True,
305 b'convert', b'cvsps.cache', default=True,
300 )
306 )
301 coreconfigitem(
307 coreconfigitem(
302 b'convert', b'cvsps.fuzz', default=60,
308 b'convert', b'cvsps.fuzz', default=60,
303 )
309 )
304 coreconfigitem(
310 coreconfigitem(
305 b'convert', b'cvsps.logencoding', default=None,
311 b'convert', b'cvsps.logencoding', default=None,
306 )
312 )
307 coreconfigitem(
313 coreconfigitem(
308 b'convert', b'cvsps.mergefrom', default=None,
314 b'convert', b'cvsps.mergefrom', default=None,
309 )
315 )
310 coreconfigitem(
316 coreconfigitem(
311 b'convert', b'cvsps.mergeto', default=None,
317 b'convert', b'cvsps.mergeto', default=None,
312 )
318 )
313 coreconfigitem(
319 coreconfigitem(
314 b'convert', b'git.committeractions', default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
320 b'convert', b'git.committeractions', default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
315 )
321 )
316 coreconfigitem(
322 coreconfigitem(
317 b'convert', b'git.extrakeys', default=list,
323 b'convert', b'git.extrakeys', default=list,
318 )
324 )
319 coreconfigitem(
325 coreconfigitem(
320 b'convert', b'git.findcopiesharder', default=False,
326 b'convert', b'git.findcopiesharder', default=False,
321 )
327 )
322 coreconfigitem(
328 coreconfigitem(
323 b'convert', b'git.remoteprefix', default=b'remote',
329 b'convert', b'git.remoteprefix', default=b'remote',
324 )
330 )
325 coreconfigitem(
331 coreconfigitem(
326 b'convert', b'git.renamelimit', default=400,
332 b'convert', b'git.renamelimit', default=400,
327 )
333 )
328 coreconfigitem(
334 coreconfigitem(
329 b'convert', b'git.saverev', default=True,
335 b'convert', b'git.saverev', default=True,
330 )
336 )
331 coreconfigitem(
337 coreconfigitem(
332 b'convert', b'git.similarity', default=50,
338 b'convert', b'git.similarity', default=50,
333 )
339 )
334 coreconfigitem(
340 coreconfigitem(
335 b'convert', b'git.skipsubmodules', default=False,
341 b'convert', b'git.skipsubmodules', default=False,
336 )
342 )
337 coreconfigitem(
343 coreconfigitem(
338 b'convert', b'hg.clonebranches', default=False,
344 b'convert', b'hg.clonebranches', default=False,
339 )
345 )
340 coreconfigitem(
346 coreconfigitem(
341 b'convert', b'hg.ignoreerrors', default=False,
347 b'convert', b'hg.ignoreerrors', default=False,
342 )
348 )
343 coreconfigitem(
349 coreconfigitem(
344 b'convert', b'hg.preserve-hash', default=False,
350 b'convert', b'hg.preserve-hash', default=False,
345 )
351 )
346 coreconfigitem(
352 coreconfigitem(
347 b'convert', b'hg.revs', default=None,
353 b'convert', b'hg.revs', default=None,
348 )
354 )
349 coreconfigitem(
355 coreconfigitem(
350 b'convert', b'hg.saverev', default=False,
356 b'convert', b'hg.saverev', default=False,
351 )
357 )
352 coreconfigitem(
358 coreconfigitem(
353 b'convert', b'hg.sourcename', default=None,
359 b'convert', b'hg.sourcename', default=None,
354 )
360 )
355 coreconfigitem(
361 coreconfigitem(
356 b'convert', b'hg.startrev', default=None,
362 b'convert', b'hg.startrev', default=None,
357 )
363 )
358 coreconfigitem(
364 coreconfigitem(
359 b'convert', b'hg.tagsbranch', default=b'default',
365 b'convert', b'hg.tagsbranch', default=b'default',
360 )
366 )
361 coreconfigitem(
367 coreconfigitem(
362 b'convert', b'hg.usebranchnames', default=True,
368 b'convert', b'hg.usebranchnames', default=True,
363 )
369 )
364 coreconfigitem(
370 coreconfigitem(
365 b'convert', b'ignoreancestorcheck', default=False, experimental=True,
371 b'convert', b'ignoreancestorcheck', default=False, experimental=True,
366 )
372 )
367 coreconfigitem(
373 coreconfigitem(
368 b'convert', b'localtimezone', default=False,
374 b'convert', b'localtimezone', default=False,
369 )
375 )
370 coreconfigitem(
376 coreconfigitem(
371 b'convert', b'p4.encoding', default=dynamicdefault,
377 b'convert', b'p4.encoding', default=dynamicdefault,
372 )
378 )
373 coreconfigitem(
379 coreconfigitem(
374 b'convert', b'p4.startrev', default=0,
380 b'convert', b'p4.startrev', default=0,
375 )
381 )
376 coreconfigitem(
382 coreconfigitem(
377 b'convert', b'skiptags', default=False,
383 b'convert', b'skiptags', default=False,
378 )
384 )
379 coreconfigitem(
385 coreconfigitem(
380 b'convert', b'svn.debugsvnlog', default=True,
386 b'convert', b'svn.debugsvnlog', default=True,
381 )
387 )
382 coreconfigitem(
388 coreconfigitem(
383 b'convert', b'svn.trunk', default=None,
389 b'convert', b'svn.trunk', default=None,
384 )
390 )
385 coreconfigitem(
391 coreconfigitem(
386 b'convert', b'svn.tags', default=None,
392 b'convert', b'svn.tags', default=None,
387 )
393 )
388 coreconfigitem(
394 coreconfigitem(
389 b'convert', b'svn.branches', default=None,
395 b'convert', b'svn.branches', default=None,
390 )
396 )
391 coreconfigitem(
397 coreconfigitem(
392 b'convert', b'svn.startrev', default=0,
398 b'convert', b'svn.startrev', default=0,
393 )
399 )
394 coreconfigitem(
400 coreconfigitem(
395 b'debug', b'dirstate.delaywrite', default=0,
401 b'debug', b'dirstate.delaywrite', default=0,
396 )
402 )
397 coreconfigitem(
403 coreconfigitem(
398 b'defaults', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
404 b'defaults', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
399 )
405 )
400 coreconfigitem(
406 coreconfigitem(
401 b'devel', b'all-warnings', default=False,
407 b'devel', b'all-warnings', default=False,
402 )
408 )
403 coreconfigitem(
409 coreconfigitem(
404 b'devel', b'bundle2.debug', default=False,
410 b'devel', b'bundle2.debug', default=False,
405 )
411 )
406 coreconfigitem(
412 coreconfigitem(
407 b'devel', b'bundle.delta', default=b'',
413 b'devel', b'bundle.delta', default=b'',
408 )
414 )
409 coreconfigitem(
415 coreconfigitem(
410 b'devel', b'cache-vfs', default=None,
416 b'devel', b'cache-vfs', default=None,
411 )
417 )
412 coreconfigitem(
418 coreconfigitem(
413 b'devel', b'check-locks', default=False,
419 b'devel', b'check-locks', default=False,
414 )
420 )
415 coreconfigitem(
421 coreconfigitem(
416 b'devel', b'check-relroot', default=False,
422 b'devel', b'check-relroot', default=False,
417 )
423 )
418 coreconfigitem(
424 coreconfigitem(
419 b'devel', b'default-date', default=None,
425 b'devel', b'default-date', default=None,
420 )
426 )
421 coreconfigitem(
427 coreconfigitem(
422 b'devel', b'deprec-warn', default=False,
428 b'devel', b'deprec-warn', default=False,
423 )
429 )
424 coreconfigitem(
430 coreconfigitem(
425 b'devel', b'disableloaddefaultcerts', default=False,
431 b'devel', b'disableloaddefaultcerts', default=False,
426 )
432 )
427 coreconfigitem(
433 coreconfigitem(
428 b'devel', b'warn-empty-changegroup', default=False,
434 b'devel', b'warn-empty-changegroup', default=False,
429 )
435 )
430 coreconfigitem(
436 coreconfigitem(
431 b'devel', b'legacy.exchange', default=list,
437 b'devel', b'legacy.exchange', default=list,
432 )
438 )
433 coreconfigitem(
439 coreconfigitem(
434 b'devel', b'persistent-nodemap', default=False,
440 b'devel', b'persistent-nodemap', default=False,
435 )
441 )
436 coreconfigitem(
442 coreconfigitem(
437 b'devel', b'servercafile', default=b'',
443 b'devel', b'servercafile', default=b'',
438 )
444 )
439 coreconfigitem(
445 coreconfigitem(
440 b'devel', b'serverexactprotocol', default=b'',
446 b'devel', b'serverexactprotocol', default=b'',
441 )
447 )
442 coreconfigitem(
448 coreconfigitem(
443 b'devel', b'serverrequirecert', default=False,
449 b'devel', b'serverrequirecert', default=False,
444 )
450 )
445 coreconfigitem(
451 coreconfigitem(
446 b'devel', b'strip-obsmarkers', default=True,
452 b'devel', b'strip-obsmarkers', default=True,
447 )
453 )
448 coreconfigitem(
454 coreconfigitem(
449 b'devel', b'warn-config', default=None,
455 b'devel', b'warn-config', default=None,
450 )
456 )
451 coreconfigitem(
457 coreconfigitem(
452 b'devel', b'warn-config-default', default=None,
458 b'devel', b'warn-config-default', default=None,
453 )
459 )
454 coreconfigitem(
460 coreconfigitem(
455 b'devel', b'user.obsmarker', default=None,
461 b'devel', b'user.obsmarker', default=None,
456 )
462 )
457 coreconfigitem(
463 coreconfigitem(
458 b'devel', b'warn-config-unknown', default=None,
464 b'devel', b'warn-config-unknown', default=None,
459 )
465 )
460 coreconfigitem(
466 coreconfigitem(
461 b'devel', b'debug.copies', default=False,
467 b'devel', b'debug.copies', default=False,
462 )
468 )
463 coreconfigitem(
469 coreconfigitem(
464 b'devel', b'debug.extensions', default=False,
470 b'devel', b'debug.extensions', default=False,
465 )
471 )
466 coreconfigitem(
472 coreconfigitem(
467 b'devel', b'debug.repo-filters', default=False,
473 b'devel', b'debug.repo-filters', default=False,
468 )
474 )
469 coreconfigitem(
475 coreconfigitem(
470 b'devel', b'debug.peer-request', default=False,
476 b'devel', b'debug.peer-request', default=False,
471 )
477 )
472 coreconfigitem(
478 coreconfigitem(
473 b'devel', b'discovery.randomize', default=True,
479 b'devel', b'discovery.randomize', default=True,
474 )
480 )
475 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
481 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
476 coreconfigitem(
482 coreconfigitem(
477 b'email', b'bcc', default=None,
483 b'email', b'bcc', default=None,
478 )
484 )
479 coreconfigitem(
485 coreconfigitem(
480 b'email', b'cc', default=None,
486 b'email', b'cc', default=None,
481 )
487 )
482 coreconfigitem(
488 coreconfigitem(
483 b'email', b'charsets', default=list,
489 b'email', b'charsets', default=list,
484 )
490 )
485 coreconfigitem(
491 coreconfigitem(
486 b'email', b'from', default=None,
492 b'email', b'from', default=None,
487 )
493 )
488 coreconfigitem(
494 coreconfigitem(
489 b'email', b'method', default=b'smtp',
495 b'email', b'method', default=b'smtp',
490 )
496 )
491 coreconfigitem(
497 coreconfigitem(
492 b'email', b'reply-to', default=None,
498 b'email', b'reply-to', default=None,
493 )
499 )
494 coreconfigitem(
500 coreconfigitem(
495 b'email', b'to', default=None,
501 b'email', b'to', default=None,
496 )
502 )
497 coreconfigitem(
503 coreconfigitem(
498 b'experimental', b'archivemetatemplate', default=dynamicdefault,
504 b'experimental', b'archivemetatemplate', default=dynamicdefault,
499 )
505 )
500 coreconfigitem(
506 coreconfigitem(
501 b'experimental', b'auto-publish', default=b'publish',
507 b'experimental', b'auto-publish', default=b'publish',
502 )
508 )
503 coreconfigitem(
509 coreconfigitem(
504 b'experimental', b'bundle-phases', default=False,
510 b'experimental', b'bundle-phases', default=False,
505 )
511 )
506 coreconfigitem(
512 coreconfigitem(
507 b'experimental', b'bundle2-advertise', default=True,
513 b'experimental', b'bundle2-advertise', default=True,
508 )
514 )
509 coreconfigitem(
515 coreconfigitem(
510 b'experimental', b'bundle2-output-capture', default=False,
516 b'experimental', b'bundle2-output-capture', default=False,
511 )
517 )
512 coreconfigitem(
518 coreconfigitem(
513 b'experimental', b'bundle2.pushback', default=False,
519 b'experimental', b'bundle2.pushback', default=False,
514 )
520 )
515 coreconfigitem(
521 coreconfigitem(
516 b'experimental', b'bundle2lazylocking', default=False,
522 b'experimental', b'bundle2lazylocking', default=False,
517 )
523 )
518 coreconfigitem(
524 coreconfigitem(
519 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel', default=None,
525 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel', default=None,
520 )
526 )
521 coreconfigitem(
527 coreconfigitem(
522 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2', default=None,
528 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2', default=None,
523 )
529 )
524 coreconfigitem(
530 coreconfigitem(
525 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.gzip', default=None,
531 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.gzip', default=None,
526 )
532 )
527 coreconfigitem(
533 coreconfigitem(
528 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.none', default=None,
534 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.none', default=None,
529 )
535 )
530 coreconfigitem(
536 coreconfigitem(
531 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.zstd', default=None,
537 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.zstd', default=None,
532 )
538 )
533 coreconfigitem(
539 coreconfigitem(
534 b'experimental', b'changegroup3', default=False,
540 b'experimental', b'changegroup3', default=False,
535 )
541 )
536 coreconfigitem(
542 coreconfigitem(
537 b'experimental', b'cleanup-as-archived', default=False,
543 b'experimental', b'cleanup-as-archived', default=False,
538 )
544 )
539 coreconfigitem(
545 coreconfigitem(
540 b'experimental', b'clientcompressionengines', default=list,
546 b'experimental', b'clientcompressionengines', default=list,
541 )
547 )
542 coreconfigitem(
548 coreconfigitem(
543 b'experimental', b'copytrace', default=b'on',
549 b'experimental', b'copytrace', default=b'on',
544 )
550 )
545 coreconfigitem(
551 coreconfigitem(
546 b'experimental', b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit', default=100,
552 b'experimental', b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit', default=100,
547 )
553 )
548 coreconfigitem(
554 coreconfigitem(
549 b'experimental', b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit', default=100,
555 b'experimental', b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit', default=100,
550 )
556 )
551 coreconfigitem(
557 coreconfigitem(
552 b'experimental', b'copies.read-from', default=b"filelog-only",
558 b'experimental', b'copies.read-from', default=b"filelog-only",
553 )
559 )
554 coreconfigitem(
560 coreconfigitem(
555 b'experimental', b'copies.write-to', default=b'filelog-only',
561 b'experimental', b'copies.write-to', default=b'filelog-only',
556 )
562 )
557 coreconfigitem(
563 coreconfigitem(
558 b'experimental', b'crecordtest', default=None,
564 b'experimental', b'crecordtest', default=None,
559 )
565 )
560 coreconfigitem(
566 coreconfigitem(
561 b'experimental', b'directaccess', default=False,
567 b'experimental', b'directaccess', default=False,
562 )
568 )
563 coreconfigitem(
569 coreconfigitem(
564 b'experimental', b'directaccess.revnums', default=False,
570 b'experimental', b'directaccess.revnums', default=False,
565 )
571 )
566 coreconfigitem(
572 coreconfigitem(
567 b'experimental', b'editortmpinhg', default=False,
573 b'experimental', b'editortmpinhg', default=False,
568 )
574 )
569 coreconfigitem(
575 coreconfigitem(
570 b'experimental', b'evolution', default=list,
576 b'experimental', b'evolution', default=list,
571 )
577 )
572 coreconfigitem(
578 coreconfigitem(
573 b'experimental',
579 b'experimental',
574 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
580 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
575 default=False,
581 default=False,
576 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
582 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
577 )
583 )
578 coreconfigitem(
584 coreconfigitem(
579 b'experimental', b'evolution.allowunstable', default=None,
585 b'experimental', b'evolution.allowunstable', default=None,
580 )
586 )
581 coreconfigitem(
587 coreconfigitem(
582 b'experimental', b'evolution.createmarkers', default=None,
588 b'experimental', b'evolution.createmarkers', default=None,
583 )
589 )
584 coreconfigitem(
590 coreconfigitem(
585 b'experimental',
591 b'experimental',
586 b'evolution.effect-flags',
592 b'evolution.effect-flags',
587 default=True,
593 default=True,
588 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
594 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
589 )
595 )
590 coreconfigitem(
596 coreconfigitem(
591 b'experimental', b'evolution.exchange', default=None,
597 b'experimental', b'evolution.exchange', default=None,
592 )
598 )
593 coreconfigitem(
599 coreconfigitem(
594 b'experimental', b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker', default=False,
600 b'experimental', b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker', default=False,
595 )
601 )
596 coreconfigitem(
602 coreconfigitem(
597 b'experimental', b'log.topo', default=False,
603 b'experimental', b'log.topo', default=False,
598 )
604 )
599 coreconfigitem(
605 coreconfigitem(
600 b'experimental', b'evolution.report-instabilities', default=True,
606 b'experimental', b'evolution.report-instabilities', default=True,
601 )
607 )
602 coreconfigitem(
608 coreconfigitem(
603 b'experimental', b'evolution.track-operation', default=True,
609 b'experimental', b'evolution.track-operation', default=True,
604 )
610 )
605 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
611 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
606 #
612 #
607 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
613 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
608 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
614 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
609 coreconfigitem(
615 coreconfigitem(
610 b'experimental', b'extra-filter-revs', default=None,
616 b'experimental', b'extra-filter-revs', default=None,
611 )
617 )
612 coreconfigitem(
618 coreconfigitem(
613 b'experimental', b'maxdeltachainspan', default=-1,
619 b'experimental', b'maxdeltachainspan', default=-1,
614 )
620 )
615 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
621 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
616 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
622 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
617 coreconfigitem(
623 coreconfigitem(
618 b'experimental', b'merge-track-salvaged', default=False,
624 b'experimental', b'merge-track-salvaged', default=False,
619 )
625 )
620 coreconfigitem(
626 coreconfigitem(
621 b'experimental', b'mergetempdirprefix', default=None,
627 b'experimental', b'mergetempdirprefix', default=None,
622 )
628 )
623 coreconfigitem(
629 coreconfigitem(
624 b'experimental', b'mmapindexthreshold', default=None,
630 b'experimental', b'mmapindexthreshold', default=None,
625 )
631 )
626 coreconfigitem(
632 coreconfigitem(
627 b'experimental', b'narrow', default=False,
633 b'experimental', b'narrow', default=False,
628 )
634 )
629 coreconfigitem(
635 coreconfigitem(
630 b'experimental', b'nonnormalparanoidcheck', default=False,
636 b'experimental', b'nonnormalparanoidcheck', default=False,
631 )
637 )
632 coreconfigitem(
638 coreconfigitem(
633 b'experimental', b'exportableenviron', default=list,
639 b'experimental', b'exportableenviron', default=list,
634 )
640 )
635 coreconfigitem(
641 coreconfigitem(
636 b'experimental', b'extendedheader.index', default=None,
642 b'experimental', b'extendedheader.index', default=None,
637 )
643 )
638 coreconfigitem(
644 coreconfigitem(
639 b'experimental', b'extendedheader.similarity', default=False,
645 b'experimental', b'extendedheader.similarity', default=False,
640 )
646 )
641 coreconfigitem(
647 coreconfigitem(
642 b'experimental', b'graphshorten', default=False,
648 b'experimental', b'graphshorten', default=False,
643 )
649 )
644 coreconfigitem(
650 coreconfigitem(
645 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.parent', default=dynamicdefault,
651 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.parent', default=dynamicdefault,
646 )
652 )
647 coreconfigitem(
653 coreconfigitem(
648 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.missing', default=dynamicdefault,
654 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.missing', default=dynamicdefault,
649 )
655 )
650 coreconfigitem(
656 coreconfigitem(
651 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.grandparent', default=dynamicdefault,
657 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.grandparent', default=dynamicdefault,
652 )
658 )
653 coreconfigitem(
659 coreconfigitem(
654 b'experimental', b'hook-track-tags', default=False,
660 b'experimental', b'hook-track-tags', default=False,
655 )
661 )
656 coreconfigitem(
662 coreconfigitem(
657 b'experimental', b'httppeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
663 b'experimental', b'httppeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
658 )
664 )
659 coreconfigitem(
665 coreconfigitem(
660 b'experimental', b'httppeer.v2-encoder-order', default=None,
666 b'experimental', b'httppeer.v2-encoder-order', default=None,
661 )
667 )
662 coreconfigitem(
668 coreconfigitem(
663 b'experimental', b'httppostargs', default=False,
669 b'experimental', b'httppostargs', default=False,
664 )
670 )
665 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
671 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
666 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
672 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
667
673
668 coreconfigitem(
674 coreconfigitem(
669 b'experimental', b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug', default=False,
675 b'experimental', b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug', default=False,
670 )
676 )
671 coreconfigitem(
677 coreconfigitem(
672 b'experimental', b'remotenames', default=False,
678 b'experimental', b'remotenames', default=False,
673 )
679 )
674 coreconfigitem(
680 coreconfigitem(
675 b'experimental', b'removeemptydirs', default=True,
681 b'experimental', b'removeemptydirs', default=True,
676 )
682 )
677 coreconfigitem(
683 coreconfigitem(
678 b'experimental', b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep', default=False,
684 b'experimental', b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep', default=False,
679 )
685 )
680 coreconfigitem(
686 coreconfigitem(
681 b'experimental', b'revisions.prefixhexnode', default=False,
687 b'experimental', b'revisions.prefixhexnode', default=False,
682 )
688 )
683 coreconfigitem(
689 coreconfigitem(
684 b'experimental', b'revlogv2', default=None,
690 b'experimental', b'revlogv2', default=None,
685 )
691 )
686 coreconfigitem(
692 coreconfigitem(
687 b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin', default=None,
693 b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin', default=None,
688 )
694 )
689 coreconfigitem(
695 coreconfigitem(
690 b'experimental', b'rust.index', default=False,
696 b'experimental', b'rust.index', default=False,
691 )
697 )
692 coreconfigitem(
698 coreconfigitem(
693 b'experimental', b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size', default=50000,
699 b'experimental', b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size', default=50000,
694 )
700 )
695 coreconfigitem(
701 coreconfigitem(
696 b'experimental',
702 b'experimental',
697 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
703 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
698 default=100000,
704 default=100000,
699 )
705 )
700 coreconfigitem(
706 coreconfigitem(
701 b'experimental', b'server.stream-narrow-clones', default=False,
707 b'experimental', b'server.stream-narrow-clones', default=False,
702 )
708 )
703 coreconfigitem(
709 coreconfigitem(
704 b'experimental', b'single-head-per-branch', default=False,
710 b'experimental', b'single-head-per-branch', default=False,
705 )
711 )
706 coreconfigitem(
712 coreconfigitem(
707 b'experimental',
713 b'experimental',
708 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
714 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
709 default=False,
715 default=False,
710 )
716 )
711 coreconfigitem(
717 coreconfigitem(
712 b'experimental', b'sshserver.support-v2', default=False,
718 b'experimental', b'sshserver.support-v2', default=False,
713 )
719 )
714 coreconfigitem(
720 coreconfigitem(
715 b'experimental', b'sparse-read', default=False,
721 b'experimental', b'sparse-read', default=False,
716 )
722 )
717 coreconfigitem(
723 coreconfigitem(
718 b'experimental', b'sparse-read.density-threshold', default=0.50,
724 b'experimental', b'sparse-read.density-threshold', default=0.50,
719 )
725 )
720 coreconfigitem(
726 coreconfigitem(
721 b'experimental', b'sparse-read.min-gap-size', default=b'65K',
727 b'experimental', b'sparse-read.min-gap-size', default=b'65K',
722 )
728 )
723 coreconfigitem(
729 coreconfigitem(
724 b'experimental', b'treemanifest', default=False,
730 b'experimental', b'treemanifest', default=False,
725 )
731 )
726 coreconfigitem(
732 coreconfigitem(
727 b'experimental', b'update.atomic-file', default=False,
733 b'experimental', b'update.atomic-file', default=False,
728 )
734 )
729 coreconfigitem(
735 coreconfigitem(
730 b'experimental', b'sshpeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
736 b'experimental', b'sshpeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
731 )
737 )
732 coreconfigitem(
738 coreconfigitem(
733 b'experimental', b'web.apiserver', default=False,
739 b'experimental', b'web.apiserver', default=False,
734 )
740 )
735 coreconfigitem(
741 coreconfigitem(
736 b'experimental', b'web.api.http-v2', default=False,
742 b'experimental', b'web.api.http-v2', default=False,
737 )
743 )
738 coreconfigitem(
744 coreconfigitem(
739 b'experimental', b'web.api.debugreflect', default=False,
745 b'experimental', b'web.api.debugreflect', default=False,
740 )
746 )
741 coreconfigitem(
747 coreconfigitem(
742 b'experimental', b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe', default=False,
748 b'experimental', b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe', default=False,
743 )
749 )
744 coreconfigitem(
750 coreconfigitem(
745 b'experimental', b'worker.repository-upgrade', default=False,
751 b'experimental', b'worker.repository-upgrade', default=False,
746 )
752 )
747 coreconfigitem(
753 coreconfigitem(
748 b'experimental', b'xdiff', default=False,
754 b'experimental', b'xdiff', default=False,
749 )
755 )
750 coreconfigitem(
756 coreconfigitem(
751 b'extensions', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
757 b'extensions', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
752 )
758 )
753 coreconfigitem(
759 coreconfigitem(
754 b'extdata', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
760 b'extdata', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
755 )
761 )
756 coreconfigitem(
762 coreconfigitem(
757 b'format', b'bookmarks-in-store', default=False,
763 b'format', b'bookmarks-in-store', default=False,
758 )
764 )
759 coreconfigitem(
765 coreconfigitem(
760 b'format', b'chunkcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
766 b'format', b'chunkcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
761 )
767 )
762 coreconfigitem(
768 coreconfigitem(
763 b'format', b'dotencode', default=True,
769 b'format', b'dotencode', default=True,
764 )
770 )
765 coreconfigitem(
771 coreconfigitem(
766 b'format', b'generaldelta', default=False, experimental=True,
772 b'format', b'generaldelta', default=False, experimental=True,
767 )
773 )
768 coreconfigitem(
774 coreconfigitem(
769 b'format', b'manifestcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
775 b'format', b'manifestcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
770 )
776 )
771 coreconfigitem(
777 coreconfigitem(
772 b'format', b'maxchainlen', default=dynamicdefault, experimental=True,
778 b'format', b'maxchainlen', default=dynamicdefault, experimental=True,
773 )
779 )
774 coreconfigitem(
780 coreconfigitem(
775 b'format', b'obsstore-version', default=None,
781 b'format', b'obsstore-version', default=None,
776 )
782 )
777 coreconfigitem(
783 coreconfigitem(
778 b'format', b'sparse-revlog', default=True,
784 b'format', b'sparse-revlog', default=True,
779 )
785 )
780 coreconfigitem(
786 coreconfigitem(
781 b'format',
787 b'format',
782 b'revlog-compression',
788 b'revlog-compression',
783 default=lambda: [b'zlib'],
789 default=lambda: [b'zlib'],
784 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
790 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
785 )
791 )
786 coreconfigitem(
792 coreconfigitem(
787 b'format', b'usefncache', default=True,
793 b'format', b'usefncache', default=True,
788 )
794 )
789 coreconfigitem(
795 coreconfigitem(
790 b'format', b'usegeneraldelta', default=True,
796 b'format', b'usegeneraldelta', default=True,
791 )
797 )
792 coreconfigitem(
798 coreconfigitem(
793 b'format', b'usestore', default=True,
799 b'format', b'usestore', default=True,
794 )
800 )
795 # Right now, the only efficient implement of the nodemap logic is in Rust, so
801 # Right now, the only efficient implement of the nodemap logic is in Rust, so
796 # the persistent nodemap feature needs to stay experimental as long as the Rust
802 # the persistent nodemap feature needs to stay experimental as long as the Rust
797 # extensions are an experimental feature.
803 # extensions are an experimental feature.
798 coreconfigitem(
804 coreconfigitem(
799 b'format', b'use-persistent-nodemap', default=False, experimental=True
805 b'format', b'use-persistent-nodemap', default=False, experimental=True
800 )
806 )
801 coreconfigitem(
807 coreconfigitem(
802 b'format',
808 b'format',
803 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
809 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
804 default=False,
810 default=False,
805 experimental=True,
811 experimental=True,
806 )
812 )
807 coreconfigitem(
813 coreconfigitem(
808 b'format', b'exp-use-side-data', default=False, experimental=True,
814 b'format', b'exp-use-side-data', default=False, experimental=True,
809 )
815 )
810 coreconfigitem(
816 coreconfigitem(
811 b'format', b'exp-share-safe', default=False, experimental=True,
817 b'format', b'exp-share-safe', default=False, experimental=True,
812 )
818 )
813 coreconfigitem(
819 coreconfigitem(
814 b'format', b'internal-phase', default=False, experimental=True,
820 b'format', b'internal-phase', default=False, experimental=True,
815 )
821 )
816 coreconfigitem(
822 coreconfigitem(
817 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_when_unused', default=True,
823 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_when_unused', default=True,
818 )
824 )
819 coreconfigitem(
825 coreconfigitem(
820 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_update_file_count', default=50000,
826 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_update_file_count', default=50000,
821 )
827 )
822 coreconfigitem(
828 coreconfigitem(
823 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_update_file_count_rust', default=400000,
829 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_update_file_count_rust', default=400000,
824 )
830 )
825 coreconfigitem(
831 coreconfigitem(
826 b'help', br'hidden-command\..*', default=False, generic=True,
832 b'help', br'hidden-command\..*', default=False, generic=True,
827 )
833 )
828 coreconfigitem(
834 coreconfigitem(
829 b'help', br'hidden-topic\..*', default=False, generic=True,
835 b'help', br'hidden-topic\..*', default=False, generic=True,
830 )
836 )
831 coreconfigitem(
837 coreconfigitem(
832 b'hooks', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
838 b'hooks', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
833 )
839 )
834 coreconfigitem(
840 coreconfigitem(
835 b'hgweb-paths', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
841 b'hgweb-paths', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
836 )
842 )
837 coreconfigitem(
843 coreconfigitem(
838 b'hostfingerprints', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
844 b'hostfingerprints', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
839 )
845 )
840 coreconfigitem(
846 coreconfigitem(
841 b'hostsecurity', b'ciphers', default=None,
847 b'hostsecurity', b'ciphers', default=None,
842 )
848 )
843 coreconfigitem(
849 coreconfigitem(
844 b'hostsecurity', b'minimumprotocol', default=dynamicdefault,
850 b'hostsecurity', b'minimumprotocol', default=dynamicdefault,
845 )
851 )
846 coreconfigitem(
852 coreconfigitem(
847 b'hostsecurity',
853 b'hostsecurity',
848 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
854 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
849 default=dynamicdefault,
855 default=dynamicdefault,
850 generic=True,
856 generic=True,
851 )
857 )
852 coreconfigitem(
858 coreconfigitem(
853 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:ciphers$', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
859 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:ciphers$', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
854 )
860 )
855 coreconfigitem(
861 coreconfigitem(
856 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:fingerprints$', default=list, generic=True,
862 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:fingerprints$', default=list, generic=True,
857 )
863 )
858 coreconfigitem(
864 coreconfigitem(
859 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:verifycertsfile$', default=None, generic=True,
865 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:verifycertsfile$', default=None, generic=True,
860 )
866 )
861
867
862 coreconfigitem(
868 coreconfigitem(
863 b'http_proxy', b'always', default=False,
869 b'http_proxy', b'always', default=False,
864 )
870 )
865 coreconfigitem(
871 coreconfigitem(
866 b'http_proxy', b'host', default=None,
872 b'http_proxy', b'host', default=None,
867 )
873 )
868 coreconfigitem(
874 coreconfigitem(
869 b'http_proxy', b'no', default=list,
875 b'http_proxy', b'no', default=list,
870 )
876 )
871 coreconfigitem(
877 coreconfigitem(
872 b'http_proxy', b'passwd', default=None,
878 b'http_proxy', b'passwd', default=None,
873 )
879 )
874 coreconfigitem(
880 coreconfigitem(
875 b'http_proxy', b'user', default=None,
881 b'http_proxy', b'user', default=None,
876 )
882 )
877
883
878 coreconfigitem(
884 coreconfigitem(
879 b'http', b'timeout', default=None,
885 b'http', b'timeout', default=None,
880 )
886 )
881
887
882 coreconfigitem(
888 coreconfigitem(
883 b'logtoprocess', b'commandexception', default=None,
889 b'logtoprocess', b'commandexception', default=None,
884 )
890 )
885 coreconfigitem(
891 coreconfigitem(
886 b'logtoprocess', b'commandfinish', default=None,
892 b'logtoprocess', b'commandfinish', default=None,
887 )
893 )
888 coreconfigitem(
894 coreconfigitem(
889 b'logtoprocess', b'command', default=None,
895 b'logtoprocess', b'command', default=None,
890 )
896 )
891 coreconfigitem(
897 coreconfigitem(
892 b'logtoprocess', b'develwarn', default=None,
898 b'logtoprocess', b'develwarn', default=None,
893 )
899 )
894 coreconfigitem(
900 coreconfigitem(
895 b'logtoprocess', b'uiblocked', default=None,
901 b'logtoprocess', b'uiblocked', default=None,
896 )
902 )
897 coreconfigitem(
903 coreconfigitem(
898 b'merge', b'checkunknown', default=b'abort',
904 b'merge', b'checkunknown', default=b'abort',
899 )
905 )
900 coreconfigitem(
906 coreconfigitem(
901 b'merge', b'checkignored', default=b'abort',
907 b'merge', b'checkignored', default=b'abort',
902 )
908 )
903 coreconfigitem(
909 coreconfigitem(
904 b'experimental', b'merge.checkpathconflicts', default=False,
910 b'experimental', b'merge.checkpathconflicts', default=False,
905 )
911 )
906 coreconfigitem(
912 coreconfigitem(
907 b'merge', b'followcopies', default=True,
913 b'merge', b'followcopies', default=True,
908 )
914 )
909 coreconfigitem(
915 coreconfigitem(
910 b'merge', b'on-failure', default=b'continue',
916 b'merge', b'on-failure', default=b'continue',
911 )
917 )
912 coreconfigitem(
918 coreconfigitem(
913 b'merge', b'preferancestor', default=lambda: [b'*'], experimental=True,
919 b'merge', b'preferancestor', default=lambda: [b'*'], experimental=True,
914 )
920 )
915 coreconfigitem(
921 coreconfigitem(
916 b'merge', b'strict-capability-check', default=False,
922 b'merge', b'strict-capability-check', default=False,
917 )
923 )
918 coreconfigitem(
924 coreconfigitem(
919 b'merge-tools', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
925 b'merge-tools', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
920 )
926 )
921 coreconfigitem(
927 coreconfigitem(
922 b'merge-tools',
928 b'merge-tools',
923 br'.*\.args$',
929 br'.*\.args$',
924 default=b"$local $base $other",
930 default=b"$local $base $other",
925 generic=True,
931 generic=True,
926 priority=-1,
932 priority=-1,
927 )
933 )
928 coreconfigitem(
934 coreconfigitem(
929 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
935 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
930 )
936 )
931 coreconfigitem(
937 coreconfigitem(
932 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.check$', default=list, generic=True, priority=-1,
938 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.check$', default=list, generic=True, priority=-1,
933 )
939 )
934 coreconfigitem(
940 coreconfigitem(
935 b'merge-tools',
941 b'merge-tools',
936 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
942 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
937 default=False,
943 default=False,
938 generic=True,
944 generic=True,
939 priority=-1,
945 priority=-1,
940 )
946 )
941 coreconfigitem(
947 coreconfigitem(
942 b'merge-tools',
948 b'merge-tools',
943 br'.*\.executable$',
949 br'.*\.executable$',
944 default=dynamicdefault,
950 default=dynamicdefault,
945 generic=True,
951 generic=True,
946 priority=-1,
952 priority=-1,
947 )
953 )
948 coreconfigitem(
954 coreconfigitem(
949 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
955 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
950 )
956 )
951 coreconfigitem(
957 coreconfigitem(
952 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
958 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
953 )
959 )
954 coreconfigitem(
960 coreconfigitem(
955 b'merge-tools',
961 b'merge-tools',
956 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
962 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
957 default=b'basic',
963 default=b'basic',
958 generic=True,
964 generic=True,
959 priority=-1,
965 priority=-1,
960 )
966 )
961 coreconfigitem(
967 coreconfigitem(
962 b'merge-tools',
968 b'merge-tools',
963 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
969 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
964 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
970 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
965 generic=True,
971 generic=True,
966 priority=-1,
972 priority=-1,
967 )
973 )
968 coreconfigitem(
974 coreconfigitem(
969 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$', default=0, generic=True, priority=-1,
975 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$', default=0, generic=True, priority=-1,
970 )
976 )
971 coreconfigitem(
977 coreconfigitem(
972 b'merge-tools',
978 b'merge-tools',
973 br'.*\.premerge$',
979 br'.*\.premerge$',
974 default=dynamicdefault,
980 default=dynamicdefault,
975 generic=True,
981 generic=True,
976 priority=-1,
982 priority=-1,
977 )
983 )
978 coreconfigitem(
984 coreconfigitem(
979 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
985 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
980 )
986 )
981 coreconfigitem(
987 coreconfigitem(
982 b'pager', b'attend-.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
988 b'pager', b'attend-.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
983 )
989 )
984 coreconfigitem(
990 coreconfigitem(
985 b'pager', b'ignore', default=list,
991 b'pager', b'ignore', default=list,
986 )
992 )
987 coreconfigitem(
993 coreconfigitem(
988 b'pager', b'pager', default=dynamicdefault,
994 b'pager', b'pager', default=dynamicdefault,
989 )
995 )
990 coreconfigitem(
996 coreconfigitem(
991 b'patch', b'eol', default=b'strict',
997 b'patch', b'eol', default=b'strict',
992 )
998 )
993 coreconfigitem(
999 coreconfigitem(
994 b'patch', b'fuzz', default=2,
1000 b'patch', b'fuzz', default=2,
995 )
1001 )
996 coreconfigitem(
1002 coreconfigitem(
997 b'paths', b'default', default=None,
1003 b'paths', b'default', default=None,
998 )
1004 )
999 coreconfigitem(
1005 coreconfigitem(
1000 b'paths', b'default-push', default=None,
1006 b'paths', b'default-push', default=None,
1001 )
1007 )
1002 coreconfigitem(
1008 coreconfigitem(
1003 b'paths', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
1009 b'paths', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
1004 )
1010 )
1005 coreconfigitem(
1011 coreconfigitem(
1006 b'phases', b'checksubrepos', default=b'follow',
1012 b'phases', b'checksubrepos', default=b'follow',
1007 )
1013 )
1008 coreconfigitem(
1014 coreconfigitem(
1009 b'phases', b'new-commit', default=b'draft',
1015 b'phases', b'new-commit', default=b'draft',
1010 )
1016 )
1011 coreconfigitem(
1017 coreconfigitem(
1012 b'phases', b'publish', default=True,
1018 b'phases', b'publish', default=True,
1013 )
1019 )
1014 coreconfigitem(
1020 coreconfigitem(
1015 b'profiling', b'enabled', default=False,
1021 b'profiling', b'enabled', default=False,
1016 )
1022 )
1017 coreconfigitem(
1023 coreconfigitem(
1018 b'profiling', b'format', default=b'text',
1024 b'profiling', b'format', default=b'text',
1019 )
1025 )
1020 coreconfigitem(
1026 coreconfigitem(
1021 b'profiling', b'freq', default=1000,
1027 b'profiling', b'freq', default=1000,
1022 )
1028 )
1023 coreconfigitem(
1029 coreconfigitem(
1024 b'profiling', b'limit', default=30,
1030 b'profiling', b'limit', default=30,
1025 )
1031 )
1026 coreconfigitem(
1032 coreconfigitem(
1027 b'profiling', b'nested', default=0,
1033 b'profiling', b'nested', default=0,
1028 )
1034 )
1029 coreconfigitem(
1035 coreconfigitem(
1030 b'profiling', b'output', default=None,
1036 b'profiling', b'output', default=None,
1031 )
1037 )
1032 coreconfigitem(
1038 coreconfigitem(
1033 b'profiling', b'showmax', default=0.999,
1039 b'profiling', b'showmax', default=0.999,
1034 )
1040 )
1035 coreconfigitem(
1041 coreconfigitem(
1036 b'profiling', b'showmin', default=dynamicdefault,
1042 b'profiling', b'showmin', default=dynamicdefault,
1037 )
1043 )
1038 coreconfigitem(
1044 coreconfigitem(
1039 b'profiling', b'showtime', default=True,
1045 b'profiling', b'showtime', default=True,
1040 )
1046 )
1041 coreconfigitem(
1047 coreconfigitem(
1042 b'profiling', b'sort', default=b'inlinetime',
1048 b'profiling', b'sort', default=b'inlinetime',
1043 )
1049 )
1044 coreconfigitem(
1050 coreconfigitem(
1045 b'profiling', b'statformat', default=b'hotpath',
1051 b'profiling', b'statformat', default=b'hotpath',
1046 )
1052 )
1047 coreconfigitem(
1053 coreconfigitem(
1048 b'profiling', b'time-track', default=dynamicdefault,
1054 b'profiling', b'time-track', default=dynamicdefault,
1049 )
1055 )
1050 coreconfigitem(
1056 coreconfigitem(
1051 b'profiling', b'type', default=b'stat',
1057 b'profiling', b'type', default=b'stat',
1052 )
1058 )
1053 coreconfigitem(
1059 coreconfigitem(
1054 b'progress', b'assume-tty', default=False,
1060 b'progress', b'assume-tty', default=False,
1055 )
1061 )
1056 coreconfigitem(
1062 coreconfigitem(
1057 b'progress', b'changedelay', default=1,
1063 b'progress', b'changedelay', default=1,
1058 )
1064 )
1059 coreconfigitem(
1065 coreconfigitem(
1060 b'progress', b'clear-complete', default=True,
1066 b'progress', b'clear-complete', default=True,
1061 )
1067 )
1062 coreconfigitem(
1068 coreconfigitem(
1063 b'progress', b'debug', default=False,
1069 b'progress', b'debug', default=False,
1064 )
1070 )
1065 coreconfigitem(
1071 coreconfigitem(
1066 b'progress', b'delay', default=3,
1072 b'progress', b'delay', default=3,
1067 )
1073 )
1068 coreconfigitem(
1074 coreconfigitem(
1069 b'progress', b'disable', default=False,
1075 b'progress', b'disable', default=False,
1070 )
1076 )
1071 coreconfigitem(
1077 coreconfigitem(
1072 b'progress', b'estimateinterval', default=60.0,
1078 b'progress', b'estimateinterval', default=60.0,
1073 )
1079 )
1074 coreconfigitem(
1080 coreconfigitem(
1075 b'progress',
1081 b'progress',
1076 b'format',
1082 b'format',
1077 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1083 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1078 )
1084 )
1079 coreconfigitem(
1085 coreconfigitem(
1080 b'progress', b'refresh', default=0.1,
1086 b'progress', b'refresh', default=0.1,
1081 )
1087 )
1082 coreconfigitem(
1088 coreconfigitem(
1083 b'progress', b'width', default=dynamicdefault,
1089 b'progress', b'width', default=dynamicdefault,
1084 )
1090 )
1085 coreconfigitem(
1091 coreconfigitem(
1086 b'pull', b'confirm', default=False,
1092 b'pull', b'confirm', default=False,
1087 )
1093 )
1088 coreconfigitem(
1094 coreconfigitem(
1089 b'push', b'pushvars.server', default=False,
1095 b'push', b'pushvars.server', default=False,
1090 )
1096 )
1091 coreconfigitem(
1097 coreconfigitem(
1092 b'rewrite',
1098 b'rewrite',
1093 b'backup-bundle',
1099 b'backup-bundle',
1094 default=True,
1100 default=True,
1095 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1101 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1096 )
1102 )
1097 coreconfigitem(
1103 coreconfigitem(
1098 b'rewrite', b'update-timestamp', default=False,
1104 b'rewrite', b'update-timestamp', default=False,
1099 )
1105 )
1100 coreconfigitem(
1106 coreconfigitem(
1101 b'rewrite', b'empty-successor', default=b'skip', experimental=True,
1107 b'rewrite', b'empty-successor', default=b'skip', experimental=True,
1102 )
1108 )
1103 coreconfigitem(
1109 coreconfigitem(
1104 b'storage', b'new-repo-backend', default=b'revlogv1', experimental=True,
1110 b'storage', b'new-repo-backend', default=b'revlogv1', experimental=True,
1105 )
1111 )
1106 coreconfigitem(
1112 coreconfigitem(
1107 b'storage',
1113 b'storage',
1108 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1114 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1109 default=True,
1115 default=True,
1110 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1116 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1111 )
1117 )
1112 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1118 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1113 coreconfigitem(
1119 coreconfigitem(
1114 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mmap', default=True, experimental=True
1120 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mmap', default=True, experimental=True
1115 )
1121 )
1116 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1122 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1117 coreconfigitem(
1123 coreconfigitem(
1118 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mode', default=b'compat', experimental=True
1124 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mode', default=b'compat', experimental=True
1119 )
1125 )
1120 coreconfigitem(
1126 coreconfigitem(
1121 b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta', default=True,
1127 b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta', default=True,
1122 )
1128 )
1123 coreconfigitem(
1129 coreconfigitem(
1124 b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent', default=None,
1130 b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent', default=None,
1125 )
1131 )
1126 coreconfigitem(
1132 coreconfigitem(
1127 b'storage', b'revlog.zlib.level', default=None,
1133 b'storage', b'revlog.zlib.level', default=None,
1128 )
1134 )
1129 coreconfigitem(
1135 coreconfigitem(
1130 b'storage', b'revlog.zstd.level', default=None,
1136 b'storage', b'revlog.zstd.level', default=None,
1131 )
1137 )
1132 coreconfigitem(
1138 coreconfigitem(
1133 b'server', b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat', default=True,
1139 b'server', b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat', default=True,
1134 )
1140 )
1135 coreconfigitem(
1141 coreconfigitem(
1136 b'server', b'bundle1', default=True,
1142 b'server', b'bundle1', default=True,
1137 )
1143 )
1138 coreconfigitem(
1144 coreconfigitem(
1139 b'server', b'bundle1gd', default=None,
1145 b'server', b'bundle1gd', default=None,
1140 )
1146 )
1141 coreconfigitem(
1147 coreconfigitem(
1142 b'server', b'bundle1.pull', default=None,
1148 b'server', b'bundle1.pull', default=None,
1143 )
1149 )
1144 coreconfigitem(
1150 coreconfigitem(
1145 b'server', b'bundle1gd.pull', default=None,
1151 b'server', b'bundle1gd.pull', default=None,
1146 )
1152 )
1147 coreconfigitem(
1153 coreconfigitem(
1148 b'server', b'bundle1.push', default=None,
1154 b'server', b'bundle1.push', default=None,
1149 )
1155 )
1150 coreconfigitem(
1156 coreconfigitem(
1151 b'server', b'bundle1gd.push', default=None,
1157 b'server', b'bundle1gd.push', default=None,
1152 )
1158 )
1153 coreconfigitem(
1159 coreconfigitem(
1154 b'server',
1160 b'server',
1155 b'bundle2.stream',
1161 b'bundle2.stream',
1156 default=True,
1162 default=True,
1157 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1163 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1158 )
1164 )
1159 coreconfigitem(
1165 coreconfigitem(
1160 b'server', b'compressionengines', default=list,
1166 b'server', b'compressionengines', default=list,
1161 )
1167 )
1162 coreconfigitem(
1168 coreconfigitem(
1163 b'server', b'concurrent-push-mode', default=b'check-related',
1169 b'server', b'concurrent-push-mode', default=b'check-related',
1164 )
1170 )
1165 coreconfigitem(
1171 coreconfigitem(
1166 b'server', b'disablefullbundle', default=False,
1172 b'server', b'disablefullbundle', default=False,
1167 )
1173 )
1168 coreconfigitem(
1174 coreconfigitem(
1169 b'server', b'maxhttpheaderlen', default=1024,
1175 b'server', b'maxhttpheaderlen', default=1024,
1170 )
1176 )
1171 coreconfigitem(
1177 coreconfigitem(
1172 b'server', b'pullbundle', default=False,
1178 b'server', b'pullbundle', default=False,
1173 )
1179 )
1174 coreconfigitem(
1180 coreconfigitem(
1175 b'server', b'preferuncompressed', default=False,
1181 b'server', b'preferuncompressed', default=False,
1176 )
1182 )
1177 coreconfigitem(
1183 coreconfigitem(
1178 b'server', b'streamunbundle', default=False,
1184 b'server', b'streamunbundle', default=False,
1179 )
1185 )
1180 coreconfigitem(
1186 coreconfigitem(
1181 b'server', b'uncompressed', default=True,
1187 b'server', b'uncompressed', default=True,
1182 )
1188 )
1183 coreconfigitem(
1189 coreconfigitem(
1184 b'server', b'uncompressedallowsecret', default=False,
1190 b'server', b'uncompressedallowsecret', default=False,
1185 )
1191 )
1186 coreconfigitem(
1192 coreconfigitem(
1187 b'server', b'view', default=b'served',
1193 b'server', b'view', default=b'served',
1188 )
1194 )
1189 coreconfigitem(
1195 coreconfigitem(
1190 b'server', b'validate', default=False,
1196 b'server', b'validate', default=False,
1191 )
1197 )
1192 coreconfigitem(
1198 coreconfigitem(
1193 b'server', b'zliblevel', default=-1,
1199 b'server', b'zliblevel', default=-1,
1194 )
1200 )
1195 coreconfigitem(
1201 coreconfigitem(
1196 b'server', b'zstdlevel', default=3,
1202 b'server', b'zstdlevel', default=3,
1197 )
1203 )
1198 coreconfigitem(
1204 coreconfigitem(
1199 b'share', b'pool', default=None,
1205 b'share', b'pool', default=None,
1200 )
1206 )
1201 coreconfigitem(
1207 coreconfigitem(
1202 b'share', b'poolnaming', default=b'identity',
1208 b'share', b'poolnaming', default=b'identity',
1203 )
1209 )
1204 coreconfigitem(
1210 coreconfigitem(
1205 b'shelve', b'maxbackups', default=10,
1211 b'shelve', b'maxbackups', default=10,
1206 )
1212 )
1207 coreconfigitem(
1213 coreconfigitem(
1208 b'smtp', b'host', default=None,
1214 b'smtp', b'host', default=None,
1209 )
1215 )
1210 coreconfigitem(
1216 coreconfigitem(
1211 b'smtp', b'local_hostname', default=None,
1217 b'smtp', b'local_hostname', default=None,
1212 )
1218 )
1213 coreconfigitem(
1219 coreconfigitem(
1214 b'smtp', b'password', default=None,
1220 b'smtp', b'password', default=None,
1215 )
1221 )
1216 coreconfigitem(
1222 coreconfigitem(
1217 b'smtp', b'port', default=dynamicdefault,
1223 b'smtp', b'port', default=dynamicdefault,
1218 )
1224 )
1219 coreconfigitem(
1225 coreconfigitem(
1220 b'smtp', b'tls', default=b'none',
1226 b'smtp', b'tls', default=b'none',
1221 )
1227 )
1222 coreconfigitem(
1228 coreconfigitem(
1223 b'smtp', b'username', default=None,
1229 b'smtp', b'username', default=None,
1224 )
1230 )
1225 coreconfigitem(
1231 coreconfigitem(
1226 b'sparse', b'missingwarning', default=True, experimental=True,
1232 b'sparse', b'missingwarning', default=True, experimental=True,
1227 )
1233 )
1228 coreconfigitem(
1234 coreconfigitem(
1229 b'subrepos',
1235 b'subrepos',
1230 b'allowed',
1236 b'allowed',
1231 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1237 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1232 )
1238 )
1233 coreconfigitem(
1239 coreconfigitem(
1234 b'subrepos', b'hg:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1240 b'subrepos', b'hg:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1235 )
1241 )
1236 coreconfigitem(
1242 coreconfigitem(
1237 b'subrepos', b'git:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1243 b'subrepos', b'git:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1238 )
1244 )
1239 coreconfigitem(
1245 coreconfigitem(
1240 b'subrepos', b'svn:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1246 b'subrepos', b'svn:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1241 )
1247 )
1242 coreconfigitem(
1248 coreconfigitem(
1243 b'templates', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
1249 b'templates', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
1244 )
1250 )
1245 coreconfigitem(
1251 coreconfigitem(
1246 b'templateconfig', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
1252 b'templateconfig', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
1247 )
1253 )
1248 coreconfigitem(
1254 coreconfigitem(
1249 b'trusted', b'groups', default=list,
1255 b'trusted', b'groups', default=list,
1250 )
1256 )
1251 coreconfigitem(
1257 coreconfigitem(
1252 b'trusted', b'users', default=list,
1258 b'trusted', b'users', default=list,
1253 )
1259 )
1254 coreconfigitem(
1260 coreconfigitem(
1255 b'ui', b'_usedassubrepo', default=False,
1261 b'ui', b'_usedassubrepo', default=False,
1256 )
1262 )
1257 coreconfigitem(
1263 coreconfigitem(
1258 b'ui', b'allowemptycommit', default=False,
1264 b'ui', b'allowemptycommit', default=False,
1259 )
1265 )
1260 coreconfigitem(
1266 coreconfigitem(
1261 b'ui', b'archivemeta', default=True,
1267 b'ui', b'archivemeta', default=True,
1262 )
1268 )
1263 coreconfigitem(
1269 coreconfigitem(
1264 b'ui', b'askusername', default=False,
1270 b'ui', b'askusername', default=False,
1265 )
1271 )
1266 coreconfigitem(
1272 coreconfigitem(
1267 b'ui', b'available-memory', default=None,
1273 b'ui', b'available-memory', default=None,
1268 )
1274 )
1269
1275
1270 coreconfigitem(
1276 coreconfigitem(
1271 b'ui', b'clonebundlefallback', default=False,
1277 b'ui', b'clonebundlefallback', default=False,
1272 )
1278 )
1273 coreconfigitem(
1279 coreconfigitem(
1274 b'ui', b'clonebundleprefers', default=list,
1280 b'ui', b'clonebundleprefers', default=list,
1275 )
1281 )
1276 coreconfigitem(
1282 coreconfigitem(
1277 b'ui', b'clonebundles', default=True,
1283 b'ui', b'clonebundles', default=True,
1278 )
1284 )
1279 coreconfigitem(
1285 coreconfigitem(
1280 b'ui', b'color', default=b'auto',
1286 b'ui', b'color', default=b'auto',
1281 )
1287 )
1282 coreconfigitem(
1288 coreconfigitem(
1283 b'ui', b'commitsubrepos', default=False,
1289 b'ui', b'commitsubrepos', default=False,
1284 )
1290 )
1285 coreconfigitem(
1291 coreconfigitem(
1286 b'ui', b'debug', default=False,
1292 b'ui', b'debug', default=False,
1287 )
1293 )
1288 coreconfigitem(
1294 coreconfigitem(
1289 b'ui', b'debugger', default=None,
1295 b'ui', b'debugger', default=None,
1290 )
1296 )
1291 coreconfigitem(
1297 coreconfigitem(
1292 b'ui', b'editor', default=dynamicdefault,
1298 b'ui', b'editor', default=dynamicdefault,
1293 )
1299 )
1294 coreconfigitem(
1300 coreconfigitem(
1295 b'ui', b'fallbackencoding', default=None,
1301 b'ui', b'fallbackencoding', default=None,
1296 )
1302 )
1297 coreconfigitem(
1303 coreconfigitem(
1298 b'ui', b'forcecwd', default=None,
1304 b'ui', b'forcecwd', default=None,
1299 )
1305 )
1300 coreconfigitem(
1306 coreconfigitem(
1301 b'ui', b'forcemerge', default=None,
1307 b'ui', b'forcemerge', default=None,
1302 )
1308 )
1303 coreconfigitem(
1309 coreconfigitem(
1304 b'ui', b'formatdebug', default=False,
1310 b'ui', b'formatdebug', default=False,
1305 )
1311 )
1306 coreconfigitem(
1312 coreconfigitem(
1307 b'ui', b'formatjson', default=False,
1313 b'ui', b'formatjson', default=False,
1308 )
1314 )
1309 coreconfigitem(
1315 coreconfigitem(
1310 b'ui', b'formatted', default=None,
1316 b'ui', b'formatted', default=None,
1311 )
1317 )
1312 coreconfigitem(
1318 coreconfigitem(
1313 b'ui', b'interactive', default=None,
1319 b'ui', b'interactive', default=None,
1314 )
1320 )
1315 coreconfigitem(
1321 coreconfigitem(
1316 b'ui', b'interface', default=None,
1322 b'ui', b'interface', default=None,
1317 )
1323 )
1318 coreconfigitem(
1324 coreconfigitem(
1319 b'ui', b'interface.chunkselector', default=None,
1325 b'ui', b'interface.chunkselector', default=None,
1320 )
1326 )
1321 coreconfigitem(
1327 coreconfigitem(
1322 b'ui', b'large-file-limit', default=10000000,
1328 b'ui', b'large-file-limit', default=10000000,
1323 )
1329 )
1324 coreconfigitem(
1330 coreconfigitem(
1325 b'ui', b'logblockedtimes', default=False,
1331 b'ui', b'logblockedtimes', default=False,
1326 )
1332 )
1327 coreconfigitem(
1333 coreconfigitem(
1328 b'ui', b'merge', default=None,
1334 b'ui', b'merge', default=None,
1329 )
1335 )
1330 coreconfigitem(
1336 coreconfigitem(
1331 b'ui', b'mergemarkers', default=b'basic',
1337 b'ui', b'mergemarkers', default=b'basic',
1332 )
1338 )
1333 coreconfigitem(
1339 coreconfigitem(
1334 b'ui', b'message-output', default=b'stdio',
1340 b'ui', b'message-output', default=b'stdio',
1335 )
1341 )
1336 coreconfigitem(
1342 coreconfigitem(
1337 b'ui', b'nontty', default=False,
1343 b'ui', b'nontty', default=False,
1338 )
1344 )
1339 coreconfigitem(
1345 coreconfigitem(
1340 b'ui', b'origbackuppath', default=None,
1346 b'ui', b'origbackuppath', default=None,
1341 )
1347 )
1342 coreconfigitem(
1348 coreconfigitem(
1343 b'ui', b'paginate', default=True,
1349 b'ui', b'paginate', default=True,
1344 )
1350 )
1345 coreconfigitem(
1351 coreconfigitem(
1346 b'ui', b'patch', default=None,
1352 b'ui', b'patch', default=None,
1347 )
1353 )
1348 coreconfigitem(
1354 coreconfigitem(
1349 b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template', default=None,
1350 )
1351 coreconfigitem(
1352 b'ui', b'portablefilenames', default=b'warn',
1355 b'ui', b'portablefilenames', default=b'warn',
1353 )
1356 )
1354 coreconfigitem(
1357 coreconfigitem(
1355 b'ui', b'promptecho', default=False,
1358 b'ui', b'promptecho', default=False,
1356 )
1359 )
1357 coreconfigitem(
1360 coreconfigitem(
1358 b'ui', b'quiet', default=False,
1361 b'ui', b'quiet', default=False,
1359 )
1362 )
1360 coreconfigitem(
1363 coreconfigitem(
1361 b'ui', b'quietbookmarkmove', default=False,
1364 b'ui', b'quietbookmarkmove', default=False,
1362 )
1365 )
1363 coreconfigitem(
1366 coreconfigitem(
1364 b'ui', b'relative-paths', default=b'legacy',
1367 b'ui', b'relative-paths', default=b'legacy',
1365 )
1368 )
1366 coreconfigitem(
1369 coreconfigitem(
1367 b'ui', b'remotecmd', default=b'hg',
1370 b'ui', b'remotecmd', default=b'hg',
1368 )
1371 )
1369 coreconfigitem(
1372 coreconfigitem(
1370 b'ui', b'report_untrusted', default=True,
1373 b'ui', b'report_untrusted', default=True,
1371 )
1374 )
1372 coreconfigitem(
1375 coreconfigitem(
1373 b'ui', b'rollback', default=True,
1376 b'ui', b'rollback', default=True,
1374 )
1377 )
1375 coreconfigitem(
1378 coreconfigitem(
1376 b'ui', b'signal-safe-lock', default=True,
1379 b'ui', b'signal-safe-lock', default=True,
1377 )
1380 )
1378 coreconfigitem(
1381 coreconfigitem(
1379 b'ui', b'slash', default=False,
1382 b'ui', b'slash', default=False,
1380 )
1383 )
1381 coreconfigitem(
1384 coreconfigitem(
1382 b'ui', b'ssh', default=b'ssh',
1385 b'ui', b'ssh', default=b'ssh',
1383 )
1386 )
1384 coreconfigitem(
1387 coreconfigitem(
1385 b'ui', b'ssherrorhint', default=None,
1388 b'ui', b'ssherrorhint', default=None,
1386 )
1389 )
1387 coreconfigitem(
1390 coreconfigitem(
1388 b'ui', b'statuscopies', default=False,
1391 b'ui', b'statuscopies', default=False,
1389 )
1392 )
1390 coreconfigitem(
1393 coreconfigitem(
1391 b'ui', b'strict', default=False,
1394 b'ui', b'strict', default=False,
1392 )
1395 )
1393 coreconfigitem(
1396 coreconfigitem(
1394 b'ui', b'style', default=b'',
1397 b'ui', b'style', default=b'',
1395 )
1398 )
1396 coreconfigitem(
1399 coreconfigitem(
1397 b'ui', b'supportcontact', default=None,
1400 b'ui', b'supportcontact', default=None,
1398 )
1401 )
1399 coreconfigitem(
1402 coreconfigitem(
1400 b'ui', b'textwidth', default=78,
1403 b'ui', b'textwidth', default=78,
1401 )
1404 )
1402 coreconfigitem(
1405 coreconfigitem(
1403 b'ui', b'timeout', default=b'600',
1406 b'ui', b'timeout', default=b'600',
1404 )
1407 )
1405 coreconfigitem(
1408 coreconfigitem(
1406 b'ui', b'timeout.warn', default=0,
1409 b'ui', b'timeout.warn', default=0,
1407 )
1410 )
1408 coreconfigitem(
1411 coreconfigitem(
1409 b'ui', b'timestamp-output', default=False,
1412 b'ui', b'timestamp-output', default=False,
1410 )
1413 )
1411 coreconfigitem(
1414 coreconfigitem(
1412 b'ui', b'traceback', default=False,
1415 b'ui', b'traceback', default=False,
1413 )
1416 )
1414 coreconfigitem(
1417 coreconfigitem(
1415 b'ui', b'tweakdefaults', default=False,
1418 b'ui', b'tweakdefaults', default=False,
1416 )
1419 )
1417 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
1420 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
1418 coreconfigitem(
1421 coreconfigitem(
1419 b'ui', b'verbose', default=False,
1422 b'ui', b'verbose', default=False,
1420 )
1423 )
1421 coreconfigitem(
1424 coreconfigitem(
1422 b'verify', b'skipflags', default=None,
1425 b'verify', b'skipflags', default=None,
1423 )
1426 )
1424 coreconfigitem(
1427 coreconfigitem(
1425 b'web', b'allowbz2', default=False,
1428 b'web', b'allowbz2', default=False,
1426 )
1429 )
1427 coreconfigitem(
1430 coreconfigitem(
1428 b'web', b'allowgz', default=False,
1431 b'web', b'allowgz', default=False,
1429 )
1432 )
1430 coreconfigitem(
1433 coreconfigitem(
1431 b'web', b'allow-pull', alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')], default=True,
1434 b'web', b'allow-pull', alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')], default=True,
1432 )
1435 )
1433 coreconfigitem(
1436 coreconfigitem(
1434 b'web', b'allow-push', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')], default=list,
1437 b'web', b'allow-push', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')], default=list,
1435 )
1438 )
1436 coreconfigitem(
1439 coreconfigitem(
1437 b'web', b'allowzip', default=False,
1440 b'web', b'allowzip', default=False,
1438 )
1441 )
1439 coreconfigitem(
1442 coreconfigitem(
1440 b'web', b'archivesubrepos', default=False,
1443 b'web', b'archivesubrepos', default=False,
1441 )
1444 )
1442 coreconfigitem(
1445 coreconfigitem(
1443 b'web', b'cache', default=True,
1446 b'web', b'cache', default=True,
1444 )
1447 )
1445 coreconfigitem(
1448 coreconfigitem(
1446 b'web', b'comparisoncontext', default=5,
1449 b'web', b'comparisoncontext', default=5,
1447 )
1450 )
1448 coreconfigitem(
1451 coreconfigitem(
1449 b'web', b'contact', default=None,
1452 b'web', b'contact', default=None,
1450 )
1453 )
1451 coreconfigitem(
1454 coreconfigitem(
1452 b'web', b'deny_push', default=list,
1455 b'web', b'deny_push', default=list,
1453 )
1456 )
1454 coreconfigitem(
1457 coreconfigitem(
1455 b'web', b'guessmime', default=False,
1458 b'web', b'guessmime', default=False,
1456 )
1459 )
1457 coreconfigitem(
1460 coreconfigitem(
1458 b'web', b'hidden', default=False,
1461 b'web', b'hidden', default=False,
1459 )
1462 )
1460 coreconfigitem(
1463 coreconfigitem(
1461 b'web', b'labels', default=list,
1464 b'web', b'labels', default=list,
1462 )
1465 )
1463 coreconfigitem(
1466 coreconfigitem(
1464 b'web', b'logoimg', default=b'hglogo.png',
1467 b'web', b'logoimg', default=b'hglogo.png',
1465 )
1468 )
1466 coreconfigitem(
1469 coreconfigitem(
1467 b'web', b'logourl', default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
1470 b'web', b'logourl', default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
1468 )
1471 )
1469 coreconfigitem(
1472 coreconfigitem(
1470 b'web', b'accesslog', default=b'-',
1473 b'web', b'accesslog', default=b'-',
1471 )
1474 )
1472 coreconfigitem(
1475 coreconfigitem(
1473 b'web', b'address', default=b'',
1476 b'web', b'address', default=b'',
1474 )
1477 )
1475 coreconfigitem(
1478 coreconfigitem(
1476 b'web', b'allow-archive', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')], default=list,
1479 b'web', b'allow-archive', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')], default=list,
1477 )
1480 )
1478 coreconfigitem(
1481 coreconfigitem(
1479 b'web', b'allow_read', default=list,
1482 b'web', b'allow_read', default=list,
1480 )
1483 )
1481 coreconfigitem(
1484 coreconfigitem(
1482 b'web', b'baseurl', default=None,
1485 b'web', b'baseurl', default=None,
1483 )
1486 )
1484 coreconfigitem(
1487 coreconfigitem(
1485 b'web', b'cacerts', default=None,
1488 b'web', b'cacerts', default=None,
1486 )
1489 )
1487 coreconfigitem(
1490 coreconfigitem(
1488 b'web', b'certificate', default=None,
1491 b'web', b'certificate', default=None,
1489 )
1492 )
1490 coreconfigitem(
1493 coreconfigitem(
1491 b'web', b'collapse', default=False,
1494 b'web', b'collapse', default=False,
1492 )
1495 )
1493 coreconfigitem(
1496 coreconfigitem(
1494 b'web', b'csp', default=None,
1497 b'web', b'csp', default=None,
1495 )
1498 )
1496 coreconfigitem(
1499 coreconfigitem(
1497 b'web', b'deny_read', default=list,
1500 b'web', b'deny_read', default=list,
1498 )
1501 )
1499 coreconfigitem(
1502 coreconfigitem(
1500 b'web', b'descend', default=True,
1503 b'web', b'descend', default=True,
1501 )
1504 )
1502 coreconfigitem(
1505 coreconfigitem(
1503 b'web', b'description', default=b"",
1506 b'web', b'description', default=b"",
1504 )
1507 )
1505 coreconfigitem(
1508 coreconfigitem(
1506 b'web', b'encoding', default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
1509 b'web', b'encoding', default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
1507 )
1510 )
1508 coreconfigitem(
1511 coreconfigitem(
1509 b'web', b'errorlog', default=b'-',
1512 b'web', b'errorlog', default=b'-',
1510 )
1513 )
1511 coreconfigitem(
1514 coreconfigitem(
1512 b'web', b'ipv6', default=False,
1515 b'web', b'ipv6', default=False,
1513 )
1516 )
1514 coreconfigitem(
1517 coreconfigitem(
1515 b'web', b'maxchanges', default=10,
1518 b'web', b'maxchanges', default=10,
1516 )
1519 )
1517 coreconfigitem(
1520 coreconfigitem(
1518 b'web', b'maxfiles', default=10,
1521 b'web', b'maxfiles', default=10,
1519 )
1522 )
1520 coreconfigitem(
1523 coreconfigitem(
1521 b'web', b'maxshortchanges', default=60,
1524 b'web', b'maxshortchanges', default=60,
1522 )
1525 )
1523 coreconfigitem(
1526 coreconfigitem(
1524 b'web', b'motd', default=b'',
1527 b'web', b'motd', default=b'',
1525 )
1528 )
1526 coreconfigitem(
1529 coreconfigitem(
1527 b'web', b'name', default=dynamicdefault,
1530 b'web', b'name', default=dynamicdefault,
1528 )
1531 )
1529 coreconfigitem(
1532 coreconfigitem(
1530 b'web', b'port', default=8000,
1533 b'web', b'port', default=8000,
1531 )
1534 )
1532 coreconfigitem(
1535 coreconfigitem(
1533 b'web', b'prefix', default=b'',
1536 b'web', b'prefix', default=b'',
1534 )
1537 )
1535 coreconfigitem(
1538 coreconfigitem(
1536 b'web', b'push_ssl', default=True,
1539 b'web', b'push_ssl', default=True,
1537 )
1540 )
1538 coreconfigitem(
1541 coreconfigitem(
1539 b'web', b'refreshinterval', default=20,
1542 b'web', b'refreshinterval', default=20,
1540 )
1543 )
1541 coreconfigitem(
1544 coreconfigitem(
1542 b'web', b'server-header', default=None,
1545 b'web', b'server-header', default=None,
1543 )
1546 )
1544 coreconfigitem(
1547 coreconfigitem(
1545 b'web', b'static', default=None,
1548 b'web', b'static', default=None,
1546 )
1549 )
1547 coreconfigitem(
1550 coreconfigitem(
1548 b'web', b'staticurl', default=None,
1551 b'web', b'staticurl', default=None,
1549 )
1552 )
1550 coreconfigitem(
1553 coreconfigitem(
1551 b'web', b'stripes', default=1,
1554 b'web', b'stripes', default=1,
1552 )
1555 )
1553 coreconfigitem(
1556 coreconfigitem(
1554 b'web', b'style', default=b'paper',
1557 b'web', b'style', default=b'paper',
1555 )
1558 )
1556 coreconfigitem(
1559 coreconfigitem(
1557 b'web', b'templates', default=None,
1560 b'web', b'templates', default=None,
1558 )
1561 )
1559 coreconfigitem(
1562 coreconfigitem(
1560 b'web', b'view', default=b'served', experimental=True,
1563 b'web', b'view', default=b'served', experimental=True,
1561 )
1564 )
1562 coreconfigitem(
1565 coreconfigitem(
1563 b'worker', b'backgroundclose', default=dynamicdefault,
1566 b'worker', b'backgroundclose', default=dynamicdefault,
1564 )
1567 )
1565 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
1568 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
1566 # should give us enough headway.
1569 # should give us enough headway.
1567 coreconfigitem(
1570 coreconfigitem(
1568 b'worker', b'backgroundclosemaxqueue', default=384,
1571 b'worker', b'backgroundclosemaxqueue', default=384,
1569 )
1572 )
1570 coreconfigitem(
1573 coreconfigitem(
1571 b'worker', b'backgroundcloseminfilecount', default=2048,
1574 b'worker', b'backgroundcloseminfilecount', default=2048,
1572 )
1575 )
1573 coreconfigitem(
1576 coreconfigitem(
1574 b'worker', b'backgroundclosethreadcount', default=4,
1577 b'worker', b'backgroundclosethreadcount', default=4,
1575 )
1578 )
1576 coreconfigitem(
1579 coreconfigitem(
1577 b'worker', b'enabled', default=True,
1580 b'worker', b'enabled', default=True,
1578 )
1581 )
1579 coreconfigitem(
1582 coreconfigitem(
1580 b'worker', b'numcpus', default=None,
1583 b'worker', b'numcpus', default=None,
1581 )
1584 )
1582
1585
1583 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
1586 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
1584 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
1587 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
1585 # without formally loading it.
1588 # without formally loading it.
1586 coreconfigitem(
1589 coreconfigitem(
1587 b'commands', b'rebase.requiredest', default=False,
1590 b'commands', b'rebase.requiredest', default=False,
1588 )
1591 )
1589 coreconfigitem(
1592 coreconfigitem(
1590 b'experimental', b'rebaseskipobsolete', default=True,
1593 b'experimental', b'rebaseskipobsolete', default=True,
1591 )
1594 )
1592 coreconfigitem(
1595 coreconfigitem(
1593 b'rebase', b'singletransaction', default=False,
1596 b'rebase', b'singletransaction', default=False,
1594 )
1597 )
1595 coreconfigitem(
1598 coreconfigitem(
1596 b'rebase', b'experimental.inmemory', default=False,
1599 b'rebase', b'experimental.inmemory', default=False,
1597 )
1600 )
@@ -1,1267 +1,1267
1 # filemerge.py - file-level merge handling for Mercurial
1 # filemerge.py - file-level merge handling for Mercurial
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
3 # Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
4 #
4 #
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7
7
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9
9
10 import contextlib
10 import contextlib
11 import os
11 import os
12 import re
12 import re
13 import shutil
13 import shutil
14
14
15 from .i18n import _
15 from .i18n import _
16 from .node import (
16 from .node import (
17 hex,
17 hex,
18 nullid,
18 nullid,
19 short,
19 short,
20 )
20 )
21 from .pycompat import (
21 from .pycompat import (
22 getattr,
22 getattr,
23 open,
23 open,
24 )
24 )
25
25
26 from . import (
26 from . import (
27 encoding,
27 encoding,
28 error,
28 error,
29 formatter,
29 formatter,
30 match,
30 match,
31 pycompat,
31 pycompat,
32 registrar,
32 registrar,
33 scmutil,
33 scmutil,
34 simplemerge,
34 simplemerge,
35 tagmerge,
35 tagmerge,
36 templatekw,
36 templatekw,
37 templater,
37 templater,
38 templateutil,
38 templateutil,
39 util,
39 util,
40 )
40 )
41
41
42 from .utils import (
42 from .utils import (
43 procutil,
43 procutil,
44 stringutil,
44 stringutil,
45 )
45 )
46
46
47
47
48 def _toolstr(ui, tool, part, *args):
48 def _toolstr(ui, tool, part, *args):
49 return ui.config(b"merge-tools", tool + b"." + part, *args)
49 return ui.config(b"merge-tools", tool + b"." + part, *args)
50
50
51
51
52 def _toolbool(ui, tool, part, *args):
52 def _toolbool(ui, tool, part, *args):
53 return ui.configbool(b"merge-tools", tool + b"." + part, *args)
53 return ui.configbool(b"merge-tools", tool + b"." + part, *args)
54
54
55
55
56 def _toollist(ui, tool, part):
56 def _toollist(ui, tool, part):
57 return ui.configlist(b"merge-tools", tool + b"." + part)
57 return ui.configlist(b"merge-tools", tool + b"." + part)
58
58
59
59
60 internals = {}
60 internals = {}
61 # Merge tools to document.
61 # Merge tools to document.
62 internalsdoc = {}
62 internalsdoc = {}
63
63
64 internaltool = registrar.internalmerge()
64 internaltool = registrar.internalmerge()
65
65
66 # internal tool merge types
66 # internal tool merge types
67 nomerge = internaltool.nomerge
67 nomerge = internaltool.nomerge
68 mergeonly = internaltool.mergeonly # just the full merge, no premerge
68 mergeonly = internaltool.mergeonly # just the full merge, no premerge
69 fullmerge = internaltool.fullmerge # both premerge and merge
69 fullmerge = internaltool.fullmerge # both premerge and merge
70
70
71 # IMPORTANT: keep the last line of this prompt very short ("What do you want to
71 # IMPORTANT: keep the last line of this prompt very short ("What do you want to
72 # do?") because of issue6158, ideally to <40 English characters (to allow other
72 # do?") because of issue6158, ideally to <40 English characters (to allow other
73 # languages that may take more columns to still have a chance to fit in an
73 # languages that may take more columns to still have a chance to fit in an
74 # 80-column screen).
74 # 80-column screen).
75 _localchangedotherdeletedmsg = _(
75 _localchangedotherdeletedmsg = _(
76 b"file '%(fd)s' was deleted in other%(o)s but was modified in local%(l)s.\n"
76 b"file '%(fd)s' was deleted in other%(o)s but was modified in local%(l)s.\n"
77 b"You can use (c)hanged version, (d)elete, or leave (u)nresolved.\n"
77 b"You can use (c)hanged version, (d)elete, or leave (u)nresolved.\n"
78 b"What do you want to do?"
78 b"What do you want to do?"
79 b"$$ &Changed $$ &Delete $$ &Unresolved"
79 b"$$ &Changed $$ &Delete $$ &Unresolved"
80 )
80 )
81
81
82 _otherchangedlocaldeletedmsg = _(
82 _otherchangedlocaldeletedmsg = _(
83 b"file '%(fd)s' was deleted in local%(l)s but was modified in other%(o)s.\n"
83 b"file '%(fd)s' was deleted in local%(l)s but was modified in other%(o)s.\n"
84 b"You can use (c)hanged version, leave (d)eleted, or leave (u)nresolved.\n"
84 b"You can use (c)hanged version, leave (d)eleted, or leave (u)nresolved.\n"
85 b"What do you want to do?"
85 b"What do you want to do?"
86 b"$$ &Changed $$ &Deleted $$ &Unresolved"
86 b"$$ &Changed $$ &Deleted $$ &Unresolved"
87 )
87 )
88
88
89
89
90 class absentfilectx(object):
90 class absentfilectx(object):
91 """Represents a file that's ostensibly in a context but is actually not
91 """Represents a file that's ostensibly in a context but is actually not
92 present in it.
92 present in it.
93
93
94 This is here because it's very specific to the filemerge code for now --
94 This is here because it's very specific to the filemerge code for now --
95 other code is likely going to break with the values this returns."""
95 other code is likely going to break with the values this returns."""
96
96
97 def __init__(self, ctx, f):
97 def __init__(self, ctx, f):
98 self._ctx = ctx
98 self._ctx = ctx
99 self._f = f
99 self._f = f
100
100
101 def __bytes__(self):
101 def __bytes__(self):
102 return b'absent file %s@%s' % (self._f, self._ctx)
102 return b'absent file %s@%s' % (self._f, self._ctx)
103
103
104 def path(self):
104 def path(self):
105 return self._f
105 return self._f
106
106
107 def size(self):
107 def size(self):
108 return None
108 return None
109
109
110 def data(self):
110 def data(self):
111 return None
111 return None
112
112
113 def filenode(self):
113 def filenode(self):
114 return nullid
114 return nullid
115
115
116 _customcmp = True
116 _customcmp = True
117
117
118 def cmp(self, fctx):
118 def cmp(self, fctx):
119 """compare with other file context
119 """compare with other file context
120
120
121 returns True if different from fctx.
121 returns True if different from fctx.
122 """
122 """
123 return not (
123 return not (
124 fctx.isabsent()
124 fctx.isabsent()
125 and fctx.changectx() == self.changectx()
125 and fctx.changectx() == self.changectx()
126 and fctx.path() == self.path()
126 and fctx.path() == self.path()
127 )
127 )
128
128
129 def flags(self):
129 def flags(self):
130 return b''
130 return b''
131
131
132 def changectx(self):
132 def changectx(self):
133 return self._ctx
133 return self._ctx
134
134
135 def isbinary(self):
135 def isbinary(self):
136 return False
136 return False
137
137
138 def isabsent(self):
138 def isabsent(self):
139 return True
139 return True
140
140
141
141
142 def _findtool(ui, tool):
142 def _findtool(ui, tool):
143 if tool in internals:
143 if tool in internals:
144 return tool
144 return tool
145 cmd = _toolstr(ui, tool, b"executable", tool)
145 cmd = _toolstr(ui, tool, b"executable", tool)
146 if cmd.startswith(b'python:'):
146 if cmd.startswith(b'python:'):
147 return cmd
147 return cmd
148 return findexternaltool(ui, tool)
148 return findexternaltool(ui, tool)
149
149
150
150
151 def _quotetoolpath(cmd):
151 def _quotetoolpath(cmd):
152 if cmd.startswith(b'python:'):
152 if cmd.startswith(b'python:'):
153 return cmd
153 return cmd
154 return procutil.shellquote(cmd)
154 return procutil.shellquote(cmd)
155
155
156
156
157 def findexternaltool(ui, tool):
157 def findexternaltool(ui, tool):
158 for kn in (b"regkey", b"regkeyalt"):
158 for kn in (b"regkey", b"regkeyalt"):
159 k = _toolstr(ui, tool, kn)
159 k = _toolstr(ui, tool, kn)
160 if not k:
160 if not k:
161 continue
161 continue
162 p = util.lookupreg(k, _toolstr(ui, tool, b"regname"))
162 p = util.lookupreg(k, _toolstr(ui, tool, b"regname"))
163 if p:
163 if p:
164 p = procutil.findexe(p + _toolstr(ui, tool, b"regappend", b""))
164 p = procutil.findexe(p + _toolstr(ui, tool, b"regappend", b""))
165 if p:
165 if p:
166 return p
166 return p
167 exe = _toolstr(ui, tool, b"executable", tool)
167 exe = _toolstr(ui, tool, b"executable", tool)
168 return procutil.findexe(util.expandpath(exe))
168 return procutil.findexe(util.expandpath(exe))
169
169
170
170
171 def _picktool(repo, ui, path, binary, symlink, changedelete):
171 def _picktool(repo, ui, path, binary, symlink, changedelete):
172 strictcheck = ui.configbool(b'merge', b'strict-capability-check')
172 strictcheck = ui.configbool(b'merge', b'strict-capability-check')
173
173
174 def hascapability(tool, capability, strict=False):
174 def hascapability(tool, capability, strict=False):
175 if tool in internals:
175 if tool in internals:
176 return strict and internals[tool].capabilities.get(capability)
176 return strict and internals[tool].capabilities.get(capability)
177 return _toolbool(ui, tool, capability)
177 return _toolbool(ui, tool, capability)
178
178
179 def supportscd(tool):
179 def supportscd(tool):
180 return tool in internals and internals[tool].mergetype == nomerge
180 return tool in internals and internals[tool].mergetype == nomerge
181
181
182 def check(tool, pat, symlink, binary, changedelete):
182 def check(tool, pat, symlink, binary, changedelete):
183 tmsg = tool
183 tmsg = tool
184 if pat:
184 if pat:
185 tmsg = _(b"%s (for pattern %s)") % (tool, pat)
185 tmsg = _(b"%s (for pattern %s)") % (tool, pat)
186 if not _findtool(ui, tool):
186 if not _findtool(ui, tool):
187 if pat: # explicitly requested tool deserves a warning
187 if pat: # explicitly requested tool deserves a warning
188 ui.warn(_(b"couldn't find merge tool %s\n") % tmsg)
188 ui.warn(_(b"couldn't find merge tool %s\n") % tmsg)
189 else: # configured but non-existing tools are more silent
189 else: # configured but non-existing tools are more silent
190 ui.note(_(b"couldn't find merge tool %s\n") % tmsg)
190 ui.note(_(b"couldn't find merge tool %s\n") % tmsg)
191 elif symlink and not hascapability(tool, b"symlink", strictcheck):
191 elif symlink and not hascapability(tool, b"symlink", strictcheck):
192 ui.warn(_(b"tool %s can't handle symlinks\n") % tmsg)
192 ui.warn(_(b"tool %s can't handle symlinks\n") % tmsg)
193 elif binary and not hascapability(tool, b"binary", strictcheck):
193 elif binary and not hascapability(tool, b"binary", strictcheck):
194 ui.warn(_(b"tool %s can't handle binary\n") % tmsg)
194 ui.warn(_(b"tool %s can't handle binary\n") % tmsg)
195 elif changedelete and not supportscd(tool):
195 elif changedelete and not supportscd(tool):
196 # the nomerge tools are the only tools that support change/delete
196 # the nomerge tools are the only tools that support change/delete
197 # conflicts
197 # conflicts
198 pass
198 pass
199 elif not procutil.gui() and _toolbool(ui, tool, b"gui"):
199 elif not procutil.gui() and _toolbool(ui, tool, b"gui"):
200 ui.warn(_(b"tool %s requires a GUI\n") % tmsg)
200 ui.warn(_(b"tool %s requires a GUI\n") % tmsg)
201 else:
201 else:
202 return True
202 return True
203 return False
203 return False
204
204
205 # internal config: ui.forcemerge
205 # internal config: ui.forcemerge
206 # forcemerge comes from command line arguments, highest priority
206 # forcemerge comes from command line arguments, highest priority
207 force = ui.config(b'ui', b'forcemerge')
207 force = ui.config(b'ui', b'forcemerge')
208 if force:
208 if force:
209 toolpath = _findtool(ui, force)
209 toolpath = _findtool(ui, force)
210 if changedelete and not supportscd(toolpath):
210 if changedelete and not supportscd(toolpath):
211 return b":prompt", None
211 return b":prompt", None
212 else:
212 else:
213 if toolpath:
213 if toolpath:
214 return (force, _quotetoolpath(toolpath))
214 return (force, _quotetoolpath(toolpath))
215 else:
215 else:
216 # mimic HGMERGE if given tool not found
216 # mimic HGMERGE if given tool not found
217 return (force, force)
217 return (force, force)
218
218
219 # HGMERGE takes next precedence
219 # HGMERGE takes next precedence
220 hgmerge = encoding.environ.get(b"HGMERGE")
220 hgmerge = encoding.environ.get(b"HGMERGE")
221 if hgmerge:
221 if hgmerge:
222 if changedelete and not supportscd(hgmerge):
222 if changedelete and not supportscd(hgmerge):
223 return b":prompt", None
223 return b":prompt", None
224 else:
224 else:
225 return (hgmerge, hgmerge)
225 return (hgmerge, hgmerge)
226
226
227 # then patterns
227 # then patterns
228
228
229 # whether binary capability should be checked strictly
229 # whether binary capability should be checked strictly
230 binarycap = binary and strictcheck
230 binarycap = binary and strictcheck
231
231
232 for pat, tool in ui.configitems(b"merge-patterns"):
232 for pat, tool in ui.configitems(b"merge-patterns"):
233 mf = match.match(repo.root, b'', [pat])
233 mf = match.match(repo.root, b'', [pat])
234 if mf(path) and check(tool, pat, symlink, binarycap, changedelete):
234 if mf(path) and check(tool, pat, symlink, binarycap, changedelete):
235 if binary and not hascapability(tool, b"binary", strict=True):
235 if binary and not hascapability(tool, b"binary", strict=True):
236 ui.warn(
236 ui.warn(
237 _(
237 _(
238 b"warning: check merge-patterns configurations,"
238 b"warning: check merge-patterns configurations,"
239 b" if %r for binary file %r is unintentional\n"
239 b" if %r for binary file %r is unintentional\n"
240 b"(see 'hg help merge-tools'"
240 b"(see 'hg help merge-tools'"
241 b" for binary files capability)\n"
241 b" for binary files capability)\n"
242 )
242 )
243 % (pycompat.bytestr(tool), pycompat.bytestr(path))
243 % (pycompat.bytestr(tool), pycompat.bytestr(path))
244 )
244 )
245 toolpath = _findtool(ui, tool)
245 toolpath = _findtool(ui, tool)
246 return (tool, _quotetoolpath(toolpath))
246 return (tool, _quotetoolpath(toolpath))
247
247
248 # then merge tools
248 # then merge tools
249 tools = {}
249 tools = {}
250 disabled = set()
250 disabled = set()
251 for k, v in ui.configitems(b"merge-tools"):
251 for k, v in ui.configitems(b"merge-tools"):
252 t = k.split(b'.')[0]
252 t = k.split(b'.')[0]
253 if t not in tools:
253 if t not in tools:
254 tools[t] = int(_toolstr(ui, t, b"priority"))
254 tools[t] = int(_toolstr(ui, t, b"priority"))
255 if _toolbool(ui, t, b"disabled"):
255 if _toolbool(ui, t, b"disabled"):
256 disabled.add(t)
256 disabled.add(t)
257 names = tools.keys()
257 names = tools.keys()
258 tools = sorted(
258 tools = sorted(
259 [(-p, tool) for tool, p in tools.items() if tool not in disabled]
259 [(-p, tool) for tool, p in tools.items() if tool not in disabled]
260 )
260 )
261 uimerge = ui.config(b"ui", b"merge")
261 uimerge = ui.config(b"ui", b"merge")
262 if uimerge:
262 if uimerge:
263 # external tools defined in uimerge won't be able to handle
263 # external tools defined in uimerge won't be able to handle
264 # change/delete conflicts
264 # change/delete conflicts
265 if check(uimerge, path, symlink, binary, changedelete):
265 if check(uimerge, path, symlink, binary, changedelete):
266 if uimerge not in names and not changedelete:
266 if uimerge not in names and not changedelete:
267 return (uimerge, uimerge)
267 return (uimerge, uimerge)
268 tools.insert(0, (None, uimerge)) # highest priority
268 tools.insert(0, (None, uimerge)) # highest priority
269 tools.append((None, b"hgmerge")) # the old default, if found
269 tools.append((None, b"hgmerge")) # the old default, if found
270 for p, t in tools:
270 for p, t in tools:
271 if check(t, None, symlink, binary, changedelete):
271 if check(t, None, symlink, binary, changedelete):
272 toolpath = _findtool(ui, t)
272 toolpath = _findtool(ui, t)
273 return (t, _quotetoolpath(toolpath))
273 return (t, _quotetoolpath(toolpath))
274
274
275 # internal merge or prompt as last resort
275 # internal merge or prompt as last resort
276 if symlink or binary or changedelete:
276 if symlink or binary or changedelete:
277 if not changedelete and len(tools):
277 if not changedelete and len(tools):
278 # any tool is rejected by capability for symlink or binary
278 # any tool is rejected by capability for symlink or binary
279 ui.warn(_(b"no tool found to merge %s\n") % path)
279 ui.warn(_(b"no tool found to merge %s\n") % path)
280 return b":prompt", None
280 return b":prompt", None
281 return b":merge", None
281 return b":merge", None
282
282
283
283
284 def _eoltype(data):
284 def _eoltype(data):
285 """Guess the EOL type of a file"""
285 """Guess the EOL type of a file"""
286 if b'\0' in data: # binary
286 if b'\0' in data: # binary
287 return None
287 return None
288 if b'\r\n' in data: # Windows
288 if b'\r\n' in data: # Windows
289 return b'\r\n'
289 return b'\r\n'
290 if b'\r' in data: # Old Mac
290 if b'\r' in data: # Old Mac
291 return b'\r'
291 return b'\r'
292 if b'\n' in data: # UNIX
292 if b'\n' in data: # UNIX
293 return b'\n'
293 return b'\n'
294 return None # unknown
294 return None # unknown
295
295
296
296
297 def _matcheol(file, back):
297 def _matcheol(file, back):
298 """Convert EOL markers in a file to match origfile"""
298 """Convert EOL markers in a file to match origfile"""
299 tostyle = _eoltype(back.data()) # No repo.wread filters?
299 tostyle = _eoltype(back.data()) # No repo.wread filters?
300 if tostyle:
300 if tostyle:
301 data = util.readfile(file)
301 data = util.readfile(file)
302 style = _eoltype(data)
302 style = _eoltype(data)
303 if style:
303 if style:
304 newdata = data.replace(style, tostyle)
304 newdata = data.replace(style, tostyle)
305 if newdata != data:
305 if newdata != data:
306 util.writefile(file, newdata)
306 util.writefile(file, newdata)
307
307
308
308
309 @internaltool(b'prompt', nomerge)
309 @internaltool(b'prompt', nomerge)
310 def _iprompt(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels=None):
310 def _iprompt(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels=None):
311 """Asks the user which of the local `p1()` or the other `p2()` version to
311 """Asks the user which of the local `p1()` or the other `p2()` version to
312 keep as the merged version."""
312 keep as the merged version."""
313 ui = repo.ui
313 ui = repo.ui
314 fd = fcd.path()
314 fd = fcd.path()
315 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
315 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
316
316
317 # Avoid prompting during an in-memory merge since it doesn't support merge
317 # Avoid prompting during an in-memory merge since it doesn't support merge
318 # conflicts.
318 # conflicts.
319 if fcd.changectx().isinmemory():
319 if fcd.changectx().isinmemory():
320 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
320 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
321 b'in-memory merge does not support file conflicts'
321 b'in-memory merge does not support file conflicts'
322 )
322 )
323
323
324 prompts = partextras(labels)
324 prompts = partextras(labels)
325 prompts[b'fd'] = uipathfn(fd)
325 prompts[b'fd'] = uipathfn(fd)
326 try:
326 try:
327 if fco.isabsent():
327 if fco.isabsent():
328 index = ui.promptchoice(_localchangedotherdeletedmsg % prompts, 2)
328 index = ui.promptchoice(_localchangedotherdeletedmsg % prompts, 2)
329 choice = [b'local', b'other', b'unresolved'][index]
329 choice = [b'local', b'other', b'unresolved'][index]
330 elif fcd.isabsent():
330 elif fcd.isabsent():
331 index = ui.promptchoice(_otherchangedlocaldeletedmsg % prompts, 2)
331 index = ui.promptchoice(_otherchangedlocaldeletedmsg % prompts, 2)
332 choice = [b'other', b'local', b'unresolved'][index]
332 choice = [b'other', b'local', b'unresolved'][index]
333 else:
333 else:
334 # IMPORTANT: keep the last line of this prompt ("What do you want to
334 # IMPORTANT: keep the last line of this prompt ("What do you want to
335 # do?") very short, see comment next to _localchangedotherdeletedmsg
335 # do?") very short, see comment next to _localchangedotherdeletedmsg
336 # at the top of the file for details.
336 # at the top of the file for details.
337 index = ui.promptchoice(
337 index = ui.promptchoice(
338 _(
338 _(
339 b"file '%(fd)s' needs to be resolved.\n"
339 b"file '%(fd)s' needs to be resolved.\n"
340 b"You can keep (l)ocal%(l)s, take (o)ther%(o)s, or leave "
340 b"You can keep (l)ocal%(l)s, take (o)ther%(o)s, or leave "
341 b"(u)nresolved.\n"
341 b"(u)nresolved.\n"
342 b"What do you want to do?"
342 b"What do you want to do?"
343 b"$$ &Local $$ &Other $$ &Unresolved"
343 b"$$ &Local $$ &Other $$ &Unresolved"
344 )
344 )
345 % prompts,
345 % prompts,
346 2,
346 2,
347 )
347 )
348 choice = [b'local', b'other', b'unresolved'][index]
348 choice = [b'local', b'other', b'unresolved'][index]
349
349
350 if choice == b'other':
350 if choice == b'other':
351 return _iother(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
351 return _iother(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
352 elif choice == b'local':
352 elif choice == b'local':
353 return _ilocal(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
353 return _ilocal(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
354 elif choice == b'unresolved':
354 elif choice == b'unresolved':
355 return _ifail(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
355 return _ifail(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
356 except error.ResponseExpected:
356 except error.ResponseExpected:
357 ui.write(b"\n")
357 ui.write(b"\n")
358 return _ifail(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
358 return _ifail(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
359
359
360
360
361 @internaltool(b'local', nomerge)
361 @internaltool(b'local', nomerge)
362 def _ilocal(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels=None):
362 def _ilocal(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels=None):
363 """Uses the local `p1()` version of files as the merged version."""
363 """Uses the local `p1()` version of files as the merged version."""
364 return 0, fcd.isabsent()
364 return 0, fcd.isabsent()
365
365
366
366
367 @internaltool(b'other', nomerge)
367 @internaltool(b'other', nomerge)
368 def _iother(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels=None):
368 def _iother(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels=None):
369 """Uses the other `p2()` version of files as the merged version."""
369 """Uses the other `p2()` version of files as the merged version."""
370 if fco.isabsent():
370 if fco.isabsent():
371 # local changed, remote deleted -- 'deleted' picked
371 # local changed, remote deleted -- 'deleted' picked
372 _underlyingfctxifabsent(fcd).remove()
372 _underlyingfctxifabsent(fcd).remove()
373 deleted = True
373 deleted = True
374 else:
374 else:
375 _underlyingfctxifabsent(fcd).write(fco.data(), fco.flags())
375 _underlyingfctxifabsent(fcd).write(fco.data(), fco.flags())
376 deleted = False
376 deleted = False
377 return 0, deleted
377 return 0, deleted
378
378
379
379
380 @internaltool(b'fail', nomerge)
380 @internaltool(b'fail', nomerge)
381 def _ifail(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels=None):
381 def _ifail(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels=None):
382 """
382 """
383 Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both
383 Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both
384 branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be
384 branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be
385 used to resolve these conflicts."""
385 used to resolve these conflicts."""
386 # for change/delete conflicts write out the changed version, then fail
386 # for change/delete conflicts write out the changed version, then fail
387 if fcd.isabsent():
387 if fcd.isabsent():
388 _underlyingfctxifabsent(fcd).write(fco.data(), fco.flags())
388 _underlyingfctxifabsent(fcd).write(fco.data(), fco.flags())
389 return 1, False
389 return 1, False
390
390
391
391
392 def _underlyingfctxifabsent(filectx):
392 def _underlyingfctxifabsent(filectx):
393 """Sometimes when resolving, our fcd is actually an absentfilectx, but
393 """Sometimes when resolving, our fcd is actually an absentfilectx, but
394 we want to write to it (to do the resolve). This helper returns the
394 we want to write to it (to do the resolve). This helper returns the
395 underyling workingfilectx in that case.
395 underyling workingfilectx in that case.
396 """
396 """
397 if filectx.isabsent():
397 if filectx.isabsent():
398 return filectx.changectx()[filectx.path()]
398 return filectx.changectx()[filectx.path()]
399 else:
399 else:
400 return filectx
400 return filectx
401
401
402
402
403 def _premerge(repo, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
403 def _premerge(repo, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
404 tool, toolpath, binary, symlink, scriptfn = toolconf
404 tool, toolpath, binary, symlink, scriptfn = toolconf
405 if symlink or fcd.isabsent() or fco.isabsent():
405 if symlink or fcd.isabsent() or fco.isabsent():
406 return 1
406 return 1
407 unused, unused, unused, back = files
407 unused, unused, unused, back = files
408
408
409 ui = repo.ui
409 ui = repo.ui
410
410
411 validkeep = [b'keep', b'keep-merge3']
411 validkeep = [b'keep', b'keep-merge3']
412
412
413 # do we attempt to simplemerge first?
413 # do we attempt to simplemerge first?
414 try:
414 try:
415 premerge = _toolbool(ui, tool, b"premerge", not binary)
415 premerge = _toolbool(ui, tool, b"premerge", not binary)
416 except error.ConfigError:
416 except error.ConfigError:
417 premerge = _toolstr(ui, tool, b"premerge", b"").lower()
417 premerge = _toolstr(ui, tool, b"premerge", b"").lower()
418 if premerge not in validkeep:
418 if premerge not in validkeep:
419 _valid = b', '.join([b"'" + v + b"'" for v in validkeep])
419 _valid = b', '.join([b"'" + v + b"'" for v in validkeep])
420 raise error.ConfigError(
420 raise error.ConfigError(
421 _(b"%s.premerge not valid ('%s' is neither boolean nor %s)")
421 _(b"%s.premerge not valid ('%s' is neither boolean nor %s)")
422 % (tool, premerge, _valid)
422 % (tool, premerge, _valid)
423 )
423 )
424
424
425 if premerge:
425 if premerge:
426 if premerge == b'keep-merge3':
426 if premerge == b'keep-merge3':
427 if not labels:
427 if not labels:
428 labels = _defaultconflictlabels
428 labels = _defaultconflictlabels
429 if len(labels) < 3:
429 if len(labels) < 3:
430 labels.append(b'base')
430 labels.append(b'base')
431 r = simplemerge.simplemerge(ui, fcd, fca, fco, quiet=True, label=labels)
431 r = simplemerge.simplemerge(ui, fcd, fca, fco, quiet=True, label=labels)
432 if not r:
432 if not r:
433 ui.debug(b" premerge successful\n")
433 ui.debug(b" premerge successful\n")
434 return 0
434 return 0
435 if premerge not in validkeep:
435 if premerge not in validkeep:
436 # restore from backup and try again
436 # restore from backup and try again
437 _restorebackup(fcd, back)
437 _restorebackup(fcd, back)
438 return 1 # continue merging
438 return 1 # continue merging
439
439
440
440
441 def _mergecheck(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf):
441 def _mergecheck(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf):
442 tool, toolpath, binary, symlink, scriptfn = toolconf
442 tool, toolpath, binary, symlink, scriptfn = toolconf
443 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
443 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
444 if symlink:
444 if symlink:
445 repo.ui.warn(
445 repo.ui.warn(
446 _(b'warning: internal %s cannot merge symlinks for %s\n')
446 _(b'warning: internal %s cannot merge symlinks for %s\n')
447 % (tool, uipathfn(fcd.path()))
447 % (tool, uipathfn(fcd.path()))
448 )
448 )
449 return False
449 return False
450 if fcd.isabsent() or fco.isabsent():
450 if fcd.isabsent() or fco.isabsent():
451 repo.ui.warn(
451 repo.ui.warn(
452 _(
452 _(
453 b'warning: internal %s cannot merge change/delete '
453 b'warning: internal %s cannot merge change/delete '
454 b'conflict for %s\n'
454 b'conflict for %s\n'
455 )
455 )
456 % (tool, uipathfn(fcd.path()))
456 % (tool, uipathfn(fcd.path()))
457 )
457 )
458 return False
458 return False
459 return True
459 return True
460
460
461
461
462 def _merge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels, mode):
462 def _merge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels, mode):
463 """
463 """
464 Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
464 Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
465 files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in
465 files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in
466 the partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side
466 the partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side
467 of merge, unless mode equals 'union' which suppresses the markers."""
467 of merge, unless mode equals 'union' which suppresses the markers."""
468 ui = repo.ui
468 ui = repo.ui
469
469
470 r = simplemerge.simplemerge(ui, fcd, fca, fco, label=labels, mode=mode)
470 r = simplemerge.simplemerge(ui, fcd, fca, fco, label=labels, mode=mode)
471 return True, r, False
471 return True, r, False
472
472
473
473
474 @internaltool(
474 @internaltool(
475 b'union',
475 b'union',
476 fullmerge,
476 fullmerge,
477 _(
477 _(
478 b"warning: conflicts while merging %s! "
478 b"warning: conflicts while merging %s! "
479 b"(edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')\n"
479 b"(edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')\n"
480 ),
480 ),
481 precheck=_mergecheck,
481 precheck=_mergecheck,
482 )
482 )
483 def _iunion(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
483 def _iunion(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
484 """
484 """
485 Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
485 Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
486 files. It will use both left and right sides for conflict regions.
486 files. It will use both left and right sides for conflict regions.
487 No markers are inserted."""
487 No markers are inserted."""
488 return _merge(
488 return _merge(
489 repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels, b'union'
489 repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels, b'union'
490 )
490 )
491
491
492
492
493 @internaltool(
493 @internaltool(
494 b'merge',
494 b'merge',
495 fullmerge,
495 fullmerge,
496 _(
496 _(
497 b"warning: conflicts while merging %s! "
497 b"warning: conflicts while merging %s! "
498 b"(edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')\n"
498 b"(edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')\n"
499 ),
499 ),
500 precheck=_mergecheck,
500 precheck=_mergecheck,
501 )
501 )
502 def _imerge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
502 def _imerge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
503 """
503 """
504 Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
504 Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
505 files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in
505 files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in
506 the partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side
506 the partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side
507 of merge."""
507 of merge."""
508 return _merge(
508 return _merge(
509 repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels, b'merge'
509 repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels, b'merge'
510 )
510 )
511
511
512
512
513 @internaltool(
513 @internaltool(
514 b'merge3',
514 b'merge3',
515 fullmerge,
515 fullmerge,
516 _(
516 _(
517 b"warning: conflicts while merging %s! "
517 b"warning: conflicts while merging %s! "
518 b"(edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')\n"
518 b"(edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')\n"
519 ),
519 ),
520 precheck=_mergecheck,
520 precheck=_mergecheck,
521 )
521 )
522 def _imerge3(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
522 def _imerge3(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
523 """
523 """
524 Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
524 Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
525 files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in
525 files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in
526 the partially merged file. Marker will have three sections, one from each
526 the partially merged file. Marker will have three sections, one from each
527 side of the merge and one for the base content."""
527 side of the merge and one for the base content."""
528 if not labels:
528 if not labels:
529 labels = _defaultconflictlabels
529 labels = _defaultconflictlabels
530 if len(labels) < 3:
530 if len(labels) < 3:
531 labels.append(b'base')
531 labels.append(b'base')
532 return _imerge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels)
532 return _imerge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels)
533
533
534
534
535 def _imergeauto(
535 def _imergeauto(
536 repo,
536 repo,
537 mynode,
537 mynode,
538 orig,
538 orig,
539 fcd,
539 fcd,
540 fco,
540 fco,
541 fca,
541 fca,
542 toolconf,
542 toolconf,
543 files,
543 files,
544 labels=None,
544 labels=None,
545 localorother=None,
545 localorother=None,
546 ):
546 ):
547 """
547 """
548 Generic driver for _imergelocal and _imergeother
548 Generic driver for _imergelocal and _imergeother
549 """
549 """
550 assert localorother is not None
550 assert localorother is not None
551 r = simplemerge.simplemerge(
551 r = simplemerge.simplemerge(
552 repo.ui, fcd, fca, fco, label=labels, localorother=localorother
552 repo.ui, fcd, fca, fco, label=labels, localorother=localorother
553 )
553 )
554 return True, r
554 return True, r
555
555
556
556
557 @internaltool(b'merge-local', mergeonly, precheck=_mergecheck)
557 @internaltool(b'merge-local', mergeonly, precheck=_mergecheck)
558 def _imergelocal(*args, **kwargs):
558 def _imergelocal(*args, **kwargs):
559 """
559 """
560 Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor
560 Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor
561 of the local `p1()` changes."""
561 of the local `p1()` changes."""
562 success, status = _imergeauto(localorother=b'local', *args, **kwargs)
562 success, status = _imergeauto(localorother=b'local', *args, **kwargs)
563 return success, status, False
563 return success, status, False
564
564
565
565
566 @internaltool(b'merge-other', mergeonly, precheck=_mergecheck)
566 @internaltool(b'merge-other', mergeonly, precheck=_mergecheck)
567 def _imergeother(*args, **kwargs):
567 def _imergeother(*args, **kwargs):
568 """
568 """
569 Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor
569 Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor
570 of the other `p2()` changes."""
570 of the other `p2()` changes."""
571 success, status = _imergeauto(localorother=b'other', *args, **kwargs)
571 success, status = _imergeauto(localorother=b'other', *args, **kwargs)
572 return success, status, False
572 return success, status, False
573
573
574
574
575 @internaltool(
575 @internaltool(
576 b'tagmerge',
576 b'tagmerge',
577 mergeonly,
577 mergeonly,
578 _(
578 _(
579 b"automatic tag merging of %s failed! "
579 b"automatic tag merging of %s failed! "
580 b"(use 'hg resolve --tool :merge' or another merge "
580 b"(use 'hg resolve --tool :merge' or another merge "
581 b"tool of your choice)\n"
581 b"tool of your choice)\n"
582 ),
582 ),
583 )
583 )
584 def _itagmerge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
584 def _itagmerge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
585 """
585 """
586 Uses the internal tag merge algorithm (experimental).
586 Uses the internal tag merge algorithm (experimental).
587 """
587 """
588 success, status = tagmerge.merge(repo, fcd, fco, fca)
588 success, status = tagmerge.merge(repo, fcd, fco, fca)
589 return success, status, False
589 return success, status, False
590
590
591
591
592 @internaltool(b'dump', fullmerge, binary=True, symlink=True)
592 @internaltool(b'dump', fullmerge, binary=True, symlink=True)
593 def _idump(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
593 def _idump(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
594 """
594 """
595 Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the
595 Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the
596 contents of local, other and base. These files can then be used to
596 contents of local, other and base. These files can then be used to
597 perform a merge manually. If the file to be merged is named
597 perform a merge manually. If the file to be merged is named
598 ``a.txt``, these files will accordingly be named ``a.txt.local``,
598 ``a.txt``, these files will accordingly be named ``a.txt.local``,
599 ``a.txt.other`` and ``a.txt.base`` and they will be placed in the
599 ``a.txt.other`` and ``a.txt.base`` and they will be placed in the
600 same directory as ``a.txt``.
600 same directory as ``a.txt``.
601
601
602 This implies premerge. Therefore, files aren't dumped, if premerge
602 This implies premerge. Therefore, files aren't dumped, if premerge
603 runs successfully. Use :forcedump to forcibly write files out.
603 runs successfully. Use :forcedump to forcibly write files out.
604 """
604 """
605 a = _workingpath(repo, fcd)
605 a = _workingpath(repo, fcd)
606 fd = fcd.path()
606 fd = fcd.path()
607
607
608 from . import context
608 from . import context
609
609
610 if isinstance(fcd, context.overlayworkingfilectx):
610 if isinstance(fcd, context.overlayworkingfilectx):
611 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
611 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
612 b'in-memory merge does not support the :dump tool.'
612 b'in-memory merge does not support the :dump tool.'
613 )
613 )
614
614
615 util.writefile(a + b".local", fcd.decodeddata())
615 util.writefile(a + b".local", fcd.decodeddata())
616 repo.wwrite(fd + b".other", fco.data(), fco.flags())
616 repo.wwrite(fd + b".other", fco.data(), fco.flags())
617 repo.wwrite(fd + b".base", fca.data(), fca.flags())
617 repo.wwrite(fd + b".base", fca.data(), fca.flags())
618 return False, 1, False
618 return False, 1, False
619
619
620
620
621 @internaltool(b'forcedump', mergeonly, binary=True, symlink=True)
621 @internaltool(b'forcedump', mergeonly, binary=True, symlink=True)
622 def _forcedump(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
622 def _forcedump(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
623 """
623 """
624 Creates three versions of the files as same as :dump, but omits premerge.
624 Creates three versions of the files as same as :dump, but omits premerge.
625 """
625 """
626 return _idump(
626 return _idump(
627 repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=labels
627 repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=labels
628 )
628 )
629
629
630
630
631 def _xmergeimm(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
631 def _xmergeimm(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=None):
632 # In-memory merge simply raises an exception on all external merge tools,
632 # In-memory merge simply raises an exception on all external merge tools,
633 # for now.
633 # for now.
634 #
634 #
635 # It would be possible to run most tools with temporary files, but this
635 # It would be possible to run most tools with temporary files, but this
636 # raises the question of what to do if the user only partially resolves the
636 # raises the question of what to do if the user only partially resolves the
637 # file -- we can't leave a merge state. (Copy to somewhere in the .hg/
637 # file -- we can't leave a merge state. (Copy to somewhere in the .hg/
638 # directory and tell the user how to get it is my best idea, but it's
638 # directory and tell the user how to get it is my best idea, but it's
639 # clunky.)
639 # clunky.)
640 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
640 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
641 b'in-memory merge does not support external merge tools'
641 b'in-memory merge does not support external merge tools'
642 )
642 )
643
643
644
644
645 def _describemerge(ui, repo, mynode, fcl, fcb, fco, env, toolpath, args):
645 def _describemerge(ui, repo, mynode, fcl, fcb, fco, env, toolpath, args):
646 tmpl = ui.config(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')
646 tmpl = ui.config(b'command-templates', b'pre-merge-tool-output')
647 if not tmpl:
647 if not tmpl:
648 return
648 return
649
649
650 mappingdict = templateutil.mappingdict
650 mappingdict = templateutil.mappingdict
651 props = {
651 props = {
652 b'ctx': fcl.changectx(),
652 b'ctx': fcl.changectx(),
653 b'node': hex(mynode),
653 b'node': hex(mynode),
654 b'path': fcl.path(),
654 b'path': fcl.path(),
655 b'local': mappingdict(
655 b'local': mappingdict(
656 {
656 {
657 b'ctx': fcl.changectx(),
657 b'ctx': fcl.changectx(),
658 b'fctx': fcl,
658 b'fctx': fcl,
659 b'node': hex(mynode),
659 b'node': hex(mynode),
660 b'name': _(b'local'),
660 b'name': _(b'local'),
661 b'islink': b'l' in fcl.flags(),
661 b'islink': b'l' in fcl.flags(),
662 b'label': env[b'HG_MY_LABEL'],
662 b'label': env[b'HG_MY_LABEL'],
663 }
663 }
664 ),
664 ),
665 b'base': mappingdict(
665 b'base': mappingdict(
666 {
666 {
667 b'ctx': fcb.changectx(),
667 b'ctx': fcb.changectx(),
668 b'fctx': fcb,
668 b'fctx': fcb,
669 b'name': _(b'base'),
669 b'name': _(b'base'),
670 b'islink': b'l' in fcb.flags(),
670 b'islink': b'l' in fcb.flags(),
671 b'label': env[b'HG_BASE_LABEL'],
671 b'label': env[b'HG_BASE_LABEL'],
672 }
672 }
673 ),
673 ),
674 b'other': mappingdict(
674 b'other': mappingdict(
675 {
675 {
676 b'ctx': fco.changectx(),
676 b'ctx': fco.changectx(),
677 b'fctx': fco,
677 b'fctx': fco,
678 b'name': _(b'other'),
678 b'name': _(b'other'),
679 b'islink': b'l' in fco.flags(),
679 b'islink': b'l' in fco.flags(),
680 b'label': env[b'HG_OTHER_LABEL'],
680 b'label': env[b'HG_OTHER_LABEL'],
681 }
681 }
682 ),
682 ),
683 b'toolpath': toolpath,
683 b'toolpath': toolpath,
684 b'toolargs': args,
684 b'toolargs': args,
685 }
685 }
686
686
687 # TODO: make all of this something that can be specified on a per-tool basis
687 # TODO: make all of this something that can be specified on a per-tool basis
688 tmpl = templater.unquotestring(tmpl)
688 tmpl = templater.unquotestring(tmpl)
689
689
690 # Not using cmdutil.rendertemplate here since it causes errors importing
690 # Not using cmdutil.rendertemplate here since it causes errors importing
691 # things for us to import cmdutil.
691 # things for us to import cmdutil.
692 tres = formatter.templateresources(ui, repo)
692 tres = formatter.templateresources(ui, repo)
693 t = formatter.maketemplater(
693 t = formatter.maketemplater(
694 ui, tmpl, defaults=templatekw.keywords, resources=tres
694 ui, tmpl, defaults=templatekw.keywords, resources=tres
695 )
695 )
696 ui.status(t.renderdefault(props))
696 ui.status(t.renderdefault(props))
697
697
698
698
699 def _xmerge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels):
699 def _xmerge(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels):
700 tool, toolpath, binary, symlink, scriptfn = toolconf
700 tool, toolpath, binary, symlink, scriptfn = toolconf
701 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
701 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
702 if fcd.isabsent() or fco.isabsent():
702 if fcd.isabsent() or fco.isabsent():
703 repo.ui.warn(
703 repo.ui.warn(
704 _(b'warning: %s cannot merge change/delete conflict for %s\n')
704 _(b'warning: %s cannot merge change/delete conflict for %s\n')
705 % (tool, uipathfn(fcd.path()))
705 % (tool, uipathfn(fcd.path()))
706 )
706 )
707 return False, 1, None
707 return False, 1, None
708 unused, unused, unused, back = files
708 unused, unused, unused, back = files
709 localpath = _workingpath(repo, fcd)
709 localpath = _workingpath(repo, fcd)
710 args = _toolstr(repo.ui, tool, b"args")
710 args = _toolstr(repo.ui, tool, b"args")
711
711
712 with _maketempfiles(
712 with _maketempfiles(
713 repo, fco, fca, repo.wvfs.join(back.path()), b"$output" in args
713 repo, fco, fca, repo.wvfs.join(back.path()), b"$output" in args
714 ) as temppaths:
714 ) as temppaths:
715 basepath, otherpath, localoutputpath = temppaths
715 basepath, otherpath, localoutputpath = temppaths
716 outpath = b""
716 outpath = b""
717 mylabel, otherlabel = labels[:2]
717 mylabel, otherlabel = labels[:2]
718 if len(labels) >= 3:
718 if len(labels) >= 3:
719 baselabel = labels[2]
719 baselabel = labels[2]
720 else:
720 else:
721 baselabel = b'base'
721 baselabel = b'base'
722 env = {
722 env = {
723 b'HG_FILE': fcd.path(),
723 b'HG_FILE': fcd.path(),
724 b'HG_MY_NODE': short(mynode),
724 b'HG_MY_NODE': short(mynode),
725 b'HG_OTHER_NODE': short(fco.changectx().node()),
725 b'HG_OTHER_NODE': short(fco.changectx().node()),
726 b'HG_BASE_NODE': short(fca.changectx().node()),
726 b'HG_BASE_NODE': short(fca.changectx().node()),
727 b'HG_MY_ISLINK': b'l' in fcd.flags(),
727 b'HG_MY_ISLINK': b'l' in fcd.flags(),
728 b'HG_OTHER_ISLINK': b'l' in fco.flags(),
728 b'HG_OTHER_ISLINK': b'l' in fco.flags(),
729 b'HG_BASE_ISLINK': b'l' in fca.flags(),
729 b'HG_BASE_ISLINK': b'l' in fca.flags(),
730 b'HG_MY_LABEL': mylabel,
730 b'HG_MY_LABEL': mylabel,
731 b'HG_OTHER_LABEL': otherlabel,
731 b'HG_OTHER_LABEL': otherlabel,
732 b'HG_BASE_LABEL': baselabel,
732 b'HG_BASE_LABEL': baselabel,
733 }
733 }
734 ui = repo.ui
734 ui = repo.ui
735
735
736 if b"$output" in args:
736 if b"$output" in args:
737 # read input from backup, write to original
737 # read input from backup, write to original
738 outpath = localpath
738 outpath = localpath
739 localpath = localoutputpath
739 localpath = localoutputpath
740 replace = {
740 replace = {
741 b'local': localpath,
741 b'local': localpath,
742 b'base': basepath,
742 b'base': basepath,
743 b'other': otherpath,
743 b'other': otherpath,
744 b'output': outpath,
744 b'output': outpath,
745 b'labellocal': mylabel,
745 b'labellocal': mylabel,
746 b'labelother': otherlabel,
746 b'labelother': otherlabel,
747 b'labelbase': baselabel,
747 b'labelbase': baselabel,
748 }
748 }
749 args = util.interpolate(
749 args = util.interpolate(
750 br'\$',
750 br'\$',
751 replace,
751 replace,
752 args,
752 args,
753 lambda s: procutil.shellquote(util.localpath(s)),
753 lambda s: procutil.shellquote(util.localpath(s)),
754 )
754 )
755 if _toolbool(ui, tool, b"gui"):
755 if _toolbool(ui, tool, b"gui"):
756 repo.ui.status(
756 repo.ui.status(
757 _(b'running merge tool %s for file %s\n')
757 _(b'running merge tool %s for file %s\n')
758 % (tool, uipathfn(fcd.path()))
758 % (tool, uipathfn(fcd.path()))
759 )
759 )
760 if scriptfn is None:
760 if scriptfn is None:
761 cmd = toolpath + b' ' + args
761 cmd = toolpath + b' ' + args
762 repo.ui.debug(b'launching merge tool: %s\n' % cmd)
762 repo.ui.debug(b'launching merge tool: %s\n' % cmd)
763 _describemerge(ui, repo, mynode, fcd, fca, fco, env, toolpath, args)
763 _describemerge(ui, repo, mynode, fcd, fca, fco, env, toolpath, args)
764 r = ui.system(
764 r = ui.system(
765 cmd, cwd=repo.root, environ=env, blockedtag=b'mergetool'
765 cmd, cwd=repo.root, environ=env, blockedtag=b'mergetool'
766 )
766 )
767 else:
767 else:
768 repo.ui.debug(
768 repo.ui.debug(
769 b'launching python merge script: %s:%s\n' % (toolpath, scriptfn)
769 b'launching python merge script: %s:%s\n' % (toolpath, scriptfn)
770 )
770 )
771 r = 0
771 r = 0
772 try:
772 try:
773 # avoid cycle cmdutil->merge->filemerge->extensions->cmdutil
773 # avoid cycle cmdutil->merge->filemerge->extensions->cmdutil
774 from . import extensions
774 from . import extensions
775
775
776 mod = extensions.loadpath(toolpath, b'hgmerge.%s' % tool)
776 mod = extensions.loadpath(toolpath, b'hgmerge.%s' % tool)
777 except Exception:
777 except Exception:
778 raise error.Abort(
778 raise error.Abort(
779 _(b"loading python merge script failed: %s") % toolpath
779 _(b"loading python merge script failed: %s") % toolpath
780 )
780 )
781 mergefn = getattr(mod, scriptfn, None)
781 mergefn = getattr(mod, scriptfn, None)
782 if mergefn is None:
782 if mergefn is None:
783 raise error.Abort(
783 raise error.Abort(
784 _(b"%s does not have function: %s") % (toolpath, scriptfn)
784 _(b"%s does not have function: %s") % (toolpath, scriptfn)
785 )
785 )
786 argslist = procutil.shellsplit(args)
786 argslist = procutil.shellsplit(args)
787 # avoid cycle cmdutil->merge->filemerge->hook->extensions->cmdutil
787 # avoid cycle cmdutil->merge->filemerge->hook->extensions->cmdutil
788 from . import hook
788 from . import hook
789
789
790 ret, raised = hook.pythonhook(
790 ret, raised = hook.pythonhook(
791 ui, repo, b"merge", toolpath, mergefn, {b'args': argslist}, True
791 ui, repo, b"merge", toolpath, mergefn, {b'args': argslist}, True
792 )
792 )
793 if raised:
793 if raised:
794 r = 1
794 r = 1
795 repo.ui.debug(b'merge tool returned: %d\n' % r)
795 repo.ui.debug(b'merge tool returned: %d\n' % r)
796 return True, r, False
796 return True, r, False
797
797
798
798
799 def _formatconflictmarker(ctx, template, label, pad):
799 def _formatconflictmarker(ctx, template, label, pad):
800 """Applies the given template to the ctx, prefixed by the label.
800 """Applies the given template to the ctx, prefixed by the label.
801
801
802 Pad is the minimum width of the label prefix, so that multiple markers
802 Pad is the minimum width of the label prefix, so that multiple markers
803 can have aligned templated parts.
803 can have aligned templated parts.
804 """
804 """
805 if ctx.node() is None:
805 if ctx.node() is None:
806 ctx = ctx.p1()
806 ctx = ctx.p1()
807
807
808 props = {b'ctx': ctx}
808 props = {b'ctx': ctx}
809 templateresult = template.renderdefault(props)
809 templateresult = template.renderdefault(props)
810
810
811 label = (b'%s:' % label).ljust(pad + 1)
811 label = (b'%s:' % label).ljust(pad + 1)
812 mark = b'%s %s' % (label, templateresult)
812 mark = b'%s %s' % (label, templateresult)
813
813
814 if mark:
814 if mark:
815 mark = mark.splitlines()[0] # split for safety
815 mark = mark.splitlines()[0] # split for safety
816
816
817 # 8 for the prefix of conflict marker lines (e.g. '<<<<<<< ')
817 # 8 for the prefix of conflict marker lines (e.g. '<<<<<<< ')
818 return stringutil.ellipsis(mark, 80 - 8)
818 return stringutil.ellipsis(mark, 80 - 8)
819
819
820
820
821 _defaultconflictlabels = [b'local', b'other']
821 _defaultconflictlabels = [b'local', b'other']
822
822
823
823
824 def _formatlabels(repo, fcd, fco, fca, labels, tool=None):
824 def _formatlabels(repo, fcd, fco, fca, labels, tool=None):
825 """Formats the given labels using the conflict marker template.
825 """Formats the given labels using the conflict marker template.
826
826
827 Returns a list of formatted labels.
827 Returns a list of formatted labels.
828 """
828 """
829 cd = fcd.changectx()
829 cd = fcd.changectx()
830 co = fco.changectx()
830 co = fco.changectx()
831 ca = fca.changectx()
831 ca = fca.changectx()
832
832
833 ui = repo.ui
833 ui = repo.ui
834 template = ui.config(b'command-templates', b'mergemarker')
834 template = ui.config(b'command-templates', b'mergemarker')
835 if tool is not None:
835 if tool is not None:
836 template = _toolstr(ui, tool, b'mergemarkertemplate', template)
836 template = _toolstr(ui, tool, b'mergemarkertemplate', template)
837 template = templater.unquotestring(template)
837 template = templater.unquotestring(template)
838 tres = formatter.templateresources(ui, repo)
838 tres = formatter.templateresources(ui, repo)
839 tmpl = formatter.maketemplater(
839 tmpl = formatter.maketemplater(
840 ui, template, defaults=templatekw.keywords, resources=tres
840 ui, template, defaults=templatekw.keywords, resources=tres
841 )
841 )
842
842
843 pad = max(len(l) for l in labels)
843 pad = max(len(l) for l in labels)
844
844
845 newlabels = [
845 newlabels = [
846 _formatconflictmarker(cd, tmpl, labels[0], pad),
846 _formatconflictmarker(cd, tmpl, labels[0], pad),
847 _formatconflictmarker(co, tmpl, labels[1], pad),
847 _formatconflictmarker(co, tmpl, labels[1], pad),
848 ]
848 ]
849 if len(labels) > 2:
849 if len(labels) > 2:
850 newlabels.append(_formatconflictmarker(ca, tmpl, labels[2], pad))
850 newlabels.append(_formatconflictmarker(ca, tmpl, labels[2], pad))
851 return newlabels
851 return newlabels
852
852
853
853
854 def partextras(labels):
854 def partextras(labels):
855 """Return a dictionary of extra labels for use in prompts to the user
855 """Return a dictionary of extra labels for use in prompts to the user
856
856
857 Intended use is in strings of the form "(l)ocal%(l)s".
857 Intended use is in strings of the form "(l)ocal%(l)s".
858 """
858 """
859 if labels is None:
859 if labels is None:
860 return {
860 return {
861 b"l": b"",
861 b"l": b"",
862 b"o": b"",
862 b"o": b"",
863 }
863 }
864
864
865 return {
865 return {
866 b"l": b" [%s]" % labels[0],
866 b"l": b" [%s]" % labels[0],
867 b"o": b" [%s]" % labels[1],
867 b"o": b" [%s]" % labels[1],
868 }
868 }
869
869
870
870
871 def _restorebackup(fcd, back):
871 def _restorebackup(fcd, back):
872 # TODO: Add a workingfilectx.write(otherfilectx) path so we can use
872 # TODO: Add a workingfilectx.write(otherfilectx) path so we can use
873 # util.copy here instead.
873 # util.copy here instead.
874 fcd.write(back.data(), fcd.flags())
874 fcd.write(back.data(), fcd.flags())
875
875
876
876
877 def _makebackup(repo, ui, wctx, fcd, premerge):
877 def _makebackup(repo, ui, wctx, fcd, premerge):
878 """Makes and returns a filectx-like object for ``fcd``'s backup file.
878 """Makes and returns a filectx-like object for ``fcd``'s backup file.
879
879
880 In addition to preserving the user's pre-existing modifications to `fcd`
880 In addition to preserving the user's pre-existing modifications to `fcd`
881 (if any), the backup is used to undo certain premerges, confirm whether a
881 (if any), the backup is used to undo certain premerges, confirm whether a
882 merge changed anything, and determine what line endings the new file should
882 merge changed anything, and determine what line endings the new file should
883 have.
883 have.
884
884
885 Backups only need to be written once (right before the premerge) since their
885 Backups only need to be written once (right before the premerge) since their
886 content doesn't change afterwards.
886 content doesn't change afterwards.
887 """
887 """
888 if fcd.isabsent():
888 if fcd.isabsent():
889 return None
889 return None
890 # TODO: Break this import cycle somehow. (filectx -> ctx -> fileset ->
890 # TODO: Break this import cycle somehow. (filectx -> ctx -> fileset ->
891 # merge -> filemerge). (I suspect the fileset import is the weakest link)
891 # merge -> filemerge). (I suspect the fileset import is the weakest link)
892 from . import context
892 from . import context
893
893
894 back = scmutil.backuppath(ui, repo, fcd.path())
894 back = scmutil.backuppath(ui, repo, fcd.path())
895 inworkingdir = back.startswith(repo.wvfs.base) and not back.startswith(
895 inworkingdir = back.startswith(repo.wvfs.base) and not back.startswith(
896 repo.vfs.base
896 repo.vfs.base
897 )
897 )
898 if isinstance(fcd, context.overlayworkingfilectx) and inworkingdir:
898 if isinstance(fcd, context.overlayworkingfilectx) and inworkingdir:
899 # If the backup file is to be in the working directory, and we're
899 # If the backup file is to be in the working directory, and we're
900 # merging in-memory, we must redirect the backup to the memory context
900 # merging in-memory, we must redirect the backup to the memory context
901 # so we don't disturb the working directory.
901 # so we don't disturb the working directory.
902 relpath = back[len(repo.wvfs.base) + 1 :]
902 relpath = back[len(repo.wvfs.base) + 1 :]
903 if premerge:
903 if premerge:
904 wctx[relpath].write(fcd.data(), fcd.flags())
904 wctx[relpath].write(fcd.data(), fcd.flags())
905 return wctx[relpath]
905 return wctx[relpath]
906 else:
906 else:
907 if premerge:
907 if premerge:
908 # Otherwise, write to wherever path the user specified the backups
908 # Otherwise, write to wherever path the user specified the backups
909 # should go. We still need to switch based on whether the source is
909 # should go. We still need to switch based on whether the source is
910 # in-memory so we can use the fast path of ``util.copy`` if both are
910 # in-memory so we can use the fast path of ``util.copy`` if both are
911 # on disk.
911 # on disk.
912 if isinstance(fcd, context.overlayworkingfilectx):
912 if isinstance(fcd, context.overlayworkingfilectx):
913 util.writefile(back, fcd.data())
913 util.writefile(back, fcd.data())
914 else:
914 else:
915 a = _workingpath(repo, fcd)
915 a = _workingpath(repo, fcd)
916 util.copyfile(a, back)
916 util.copyfile(a, back)
917 # A arbitraryfilectx is returned, so we can run the same functions on
917 # A arbitraryfilectx is returned, so we can run the same functions on
918 # the backup context regardless of where it lives.
918 # the backup context regardless of where it lives.
919 return context.arbitraryfilectx(back, repo=repo)
919 return context.arbitraryfilectx(back, repo=repo)
920
920
921
921
922 @contextlib.contextmanager
922 @contextlib.contextmanager
923 def _maketempfiles(repo, fco, fca, localpath, uselocalpath):
923 def _maketempfiles(repo, fco, fca, localpath, uselocalpath):
924 """Writes out `fco` and `fca` as temporary files, and (if uselocalpath)
924 """Writes out `fco` and `fca` as temporary files, and (if uselocalpath)
925 copies `localpath` to another temporary file, so an external merge tool may
925 copies `localpath` to another temporary file, so an external merge tool may
926 use them.
926 use them.
927 """
927 """
928 tmproot = None
928 tmproot = None
929 tmprootprefix = repo.ui.config(b'experimental', b'mergetempdirprefix')
929 tmprootprefix = repo.ui.config(b'experimental', b'mergetempdirprefix')
930 if tmprootprefix:
930 if tmprootprefix:
931 tmproot = pycompat.mkdtemp(prefix=tmprootprefix)
931 tmproot = pycompat.mkdtemp(prefix=tmprootprefix)
932
932
933 def maketempfrompath(prefix, path):
933 def maketempfrompath(prefix, path):
934 fullbase, ext = os.path.splitext(path)
934 fullbase, ext = os.path.splitext(path)
935 pre = b"%s~%s" % (os.path.basename(fullbase), prefix)
935 pre = b"%s~%s" % (os.path.basename(fullbase), prefix)
936 if tmproot:
936 if tmproot:
937 name = os.path.join(tmproot, pre)
937 name = os.path.join(tmproot, pre)
938 if ext:
938 if ext:
939 name += ext
939 name += ext
940 f = open(name, "wb")
940 f = open(name, "wb")
941 else:
941 else:
942 fd, name = pycompat.mkstemp(prefix=pre + b'.', suffix=ext)
942 fd, name = pycompat.mkstemp(prefix=pre + b'.', suffix=ext)
943 f = os.fdopen(fd, "wb")
943 f = os.fdopen(fd, "wb")
944 return f, name
944 return f, name
945
945
946 def tempfromcontext(prefix, ctx):
946 def tempfromcontext(prefix, ctx):
947 f, name = maketempfrompath(prefix, ctx.path())
947 f, name = maketempfrompath(prefix, ctx.path())
948 data = repo.wwritedata(ctx.path(), ctx.data())
948 data = repo.wwritedata(ctx.path(), ctx.data())
949 f.write(data)
949 f.write(data)
950 f.close()
950 f.close()
951 return name
951 return name
952
952
953 b = tempfromcontext(b"base", fca)
953 b = tempfromcontext(b"base", fca)
954 c = tempfromcontext(b"other", fco)
954 c = tempfromcontext(b"other", fco)
955 d = localpath
955 d = localpath
956 if uselocalpath:
956 if uselocalpath:
957 # We start off with this being the backup filename, so remove the .orig
957 # We start off with this being the backup filename, so remove the .orig
958 # to make syntax-highlighting more likely.
958 # to make syntax-highlighting more likely.
959 if d.endswith(b'.orig'):
959 if d.endswith(b'.orig'):
960 d, _ = os.path.splitext(d)
960 d, _ = os.path.splitext(d)
961 f, d = maketempfrompath(b"local", d)
961 f, d = maketempfrompath(b"local", d)
962 with open(localpath, b'rb') as src:
962 with open(localpath, b'rb') as src:
963 f.write(src.read())
963 f.write(src.read())
964 f.close()
964 f.close()
965
965
966 try:
966 try:
967 yield b, c, d
967 yield b, c, d
968 finally:
968 finally:
969 if tmproot:
969 if tmproot:
970 shutil.rmtree(tmproot)
970 shutil.rmtree(tmproot)
971 else:
971 else:
972 util.unlink(b)
972 util.unlink(b)
973 util.unlink(c)
973 util.unlink(c)
974 # if not uselocalpath, d is the 'orig'/backup file which we
974 # if not uselocalpath, d is the 'orig'/backup file which we
975 # shouldn't delete.
975 # shouldn't delete.
976 if d and uselocalpath:
976 if d and uselocalpath:
977 util.unlink(d)
977 util.unlink(d)
978
978
979
979
980 def _filemerge(premerge, repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=None):
980 def _filemerge(premerge, repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=None):
981 """perform a 3-way merge in the working directory
981 """perform a 3-way merge in the working directory
982
982
983 premerge = whether this is a premerge
983 premerge = whether this is a premerge
984 mynode = parent node before merge
984 mynode = parent node before merge
985 orig = original local filename before merge
985 orig = original local filename before merge
986 fco = other file context
986 fco = other file context
987 fca = ancestor file context
987 fca = ancestor file context
988 fcd = local file context for current/destination file
988 fcd = local file context for current/destination file
989
989
990 Returns whether the merge is complete, the return value of the merge, and
990 Returns whether the merge is complete, the return value of the merge, and
991 a boolean indicating whether the file was deleted from disk."""
991 a boolean indicating whether the file was deleted from disk."""
992
992
993 if not fco.cmp(fcd): # files identical?
993 if not fco.cmp(fcd): # files identical?
994 return True, None, False
994 return True, None, False
995
995
996 ui = repo.ui
996 ui = repo.ui
997 fd = fcd.path()
997 fd = fcd.path()
998 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
998 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
999 fduipath = uipathfn(fd)
999 fduipath = uipathfn(fd)
1000 binary = fcd.isbinary() or fco.isbinary() or fca.isbinary()
1000 binary = fcd.isbinary() or fco.isbinary() or fca.isbinary()
1001 symlink = b'l' in fcd.flags() + fco.flags()
1001 symlink = b'l' in fcd.flags() + fco.flags()
1002 changedelete = fcd.isabsent() or fco.isabsent()
1002 changedelete = fcd.isabsent() or fco.isabsent()
1003 tool, toolpath = _picktool(repo, ui, fd, binary, symlink, changedelete)
1003 tool, toolpath = _picktool(repo, ui, fd, binary, symlink, changedelete)
1004 scriptfn = None
1004 scriptfn = None
1005 if tool in internals and tool.startswith(b'internal:'):
1005 if tool in internals and tool.startswith(b'internal:'):
1006 # normalize to new-style names (':merge' etc)
1006 # normalize to new-style names (':merge' etc)
1007 tool = tool[len(b'internal') :]
1007 tool = tool[len(b'internal') :]
1008 if toolpath and toolpath.startswith(b'python:'):
1008 if toolpath and toolpath.startswith(b'python:'):
1009 invalidsyntax = False
1009 invalidsyntax = False
1010 if toolpath.count(b':') >= 2:
1010 if toolpath.count(b':') >= 2:
1011 script, scriptfn = toolpath[7:].rsplit(b':', 1)
1011 script, scriptfn = toolpath[7:].rsplit(b':', 1)
1012 if not scriptfn:
1012 if not scriptfn:
1013 invalidsyntax = True
1013 invalidsyntax = True
1014 # missing :callable can lead to spliting on windows drive letter
1014 # missing :callable can lead to spliting on windows drive letter
1015 if b'\\' in scriptfn or b'/' in scriptfn:
1015 if b'\\' in scriptfn or b'/' in scriptfn:
1016 invalidsyntax = True
1016 invalidsyntax = True
1017 else:
1017 else:
1018 invalidsyntax = True
1018 invalidsyntax = True
1019 if invalidsyntax:
1019 if invalidsyntax:
1020 raise error.Abort(_(b"invalid 'python:' syntax: %s") % toolpath)
1020 raise error.Abort(_(b"invalid 'python:' syntax: %s") % toolpath)
1021 toolpath = script
1021 toolpath = script
1022 ui.debug(
1022 ui.debug(
1023 b"picked tool '%s' for %s (binary %s symlink %s changedelete %s)\n"
1023 b"picked tool '%s' for %s (binary %s symlink %s changedelete %s)\n"
1024 % (
1024 % (
1025 tool,
1025 tool,
1026 fduipath,
1026 fduipath,
1027 pycompat.bytestr(binary),
1027 pycompat.bytestr(binary),
1028 pycompat.bytestr(symlink),
1028 pycompat.bytestr(symlink),
1029 pycompat.bytestr(changedelete),
1029 pycompat.bytestr(changedelete),
1030 )
1030 )
1031 )
1031 )
1032
1032
1033 if tool in internals:
1033 if tool in internals:
1034 func = internals[tool]
1034 func = internals[tool]
1035 mergetype = func.mergetype
1035 mergetype = func.mergetype
1036 onfailure = func.onfailure
1036 onfailure = func.onfailure
1037 precheck = func.precheck
1037 precheck = func.precheck
1038 isexternal = False
1038 isexternal = False
1039 else:
1039 else:
1040 if wctx.isinmemory():
1040 if wctx.isinmemory():
1041 func = _xmergeimm
1041 func = _xmergeimm
1042 else:
1042 else:
1043 func = _xmerge
1043 func = _xmerge
1044 mergetype = fullmerge
1044 mergetype = fullmerge
1045 onfailure = _(b"merging %s failed!\n")
1045 onfailure = _(b"merging %s failed!\n")
1046 precheck = None
1046 precheck = None
1047 isexternal = True
1047 isexternal = True
1048
1048
1049 toolconf = tool, toolpath, binary, symlink, scriptfn
1049 toolconf = tool, toolpath, binary, symlink, scriptfn
1050
1050
1051 if mergetype == nomerge:
1051 if mergetype == nomerge:
1052 r, deleted = func(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
1052 r, deleted = func(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, labels)
1053 return True, r, deleted
1053 return True, r, deleted
1054
1054
1055 if premerge:
1055 if premerge:
1056 if orig != fco.path():
1056 if orig != fco.path():
1057 ui.status(
1057 ui.status(
1058 _(b"merging %s and %s to %s\n")
1058 _(b"merging %s and %s to %s\n")
1059 % (uipathfn(orig), uipathfn(fco.path()), fduipath)
1059 % (uipathfn(orig), uipathfn(fco.path()), fduipath)
1060 )
1060 )
1061 else:
1061 else:
1062 ui.status(_(b"merging %s\n") % fduipath)
1062 ui.status(_(b"merging %s\n") % fduipath)
1063
1063
1064 ui.debug(b"my %s other %s ancestor %s\n" % (fcd, fco, fca))
1064 ui.debug(b"my %s other %s ancestor %s\n" % (fcd, fco, fca))
1065
1065
1066 if precheck and not precheck(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf):
1066 if precheck and not precheck(repo, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf):
1067 if onfailure:
1067 if onfailure:
1068 if wctx.isinmemory():
1068 if wctx.isinmemory():
1069 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
1069 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
1070 b'in-memory merge does not support merge conflicts'
1070 b'in-memory merge does not support merge conflicts'
1071 )
1071 )
1072 ui.warn(onfailure % fduipath)
1072 ui.warn(onfailure % fduipath)
1073 return True, 1, False
1073 return True, 1, False
1074
1074
1075 back = _makebackup(repo, ui, wctx, fcd, premerge)
1075 back = _makebackup(repo, ui, wctx, fcd, premerge)
1076 files = (None, None, None, back)
1076 files = (None, None, None, back)
1077 r = 1
1077 r = 1
1078 try:
1078 try:
1079 internalmarkerstyle = ui.config(b'ui', b'mergemarkers')
1079 internalmarkerstyle = ui.config(b'ui', b'mergemarkers')
1080 if isexternal:
1080 if isexternal:
1081 markerstyle = _toolstr(ui, tool, b'mergemarkers')
1081 markerstyle = _toolstr(ui, tool, b'mergemarkers')
1082 else:
1082 else:
1083 markerstyle = internalmarkerstyle
1083 markerstyle = internalmarkerstyle
1084
1084
1085 if not labels:
1085 if not labels:
1086 labels = _defaultconflictlabels
1086 labels = _defaultconflictlabels
1087 formattedlabels = labels
1087 formattedlabels = labels
1088 if markerstyle != b'basic':
1088 if markerstyle != b'basic':
1089 formattedlabels = _formatlabels(
1089 formattedlabels = _formatlabels(
1090 repo, fcd, fco, fca, labels, tool=tool
1090 repo, fcd, fco, fca, labels, tool=tool
1091 )
1091 )
1092
1092
1093 if premerge and mergetype == fullmerge:
1093 if premerge and mergetype == fullmerge:
1094 # conflict markers generated by premerge will use 'detailed'
1094 # conflict markers generated by premerge will use 'detailed'
1095 # settings if either ui.mergemarkers or the tool's mergemarkers
1095 # settings if either ui.mergemarkers or the tool's mergemarkers
1096 # setting is 'detailed'. This way tools can have basic labels in
1096 # setting is 'detailed'. This way tools can have basic labels in
1097 # space-constrained areas of the UI, but still get full information
1097 # space-constrained areas of the UI, but still get full information
1098 # in conflict markers if premerge is 'keep' or 'keep-merge3'.
1098 # in conflict markers if premerge is 'keep' or 'keep-merge3'.
1099 premergelabels = labels
1099 premergelabels = labels
1100 labeltool = None
1100 labeltool = None
1101 if markerstyle != b'basic':
1101 if markerstyle != b'basic':
1102 # respect 'tool's mergemarkertemplate (which defaults to
1102 # respect 'tool's mergemarkertemplate (which defaults to
1103 # command-templates.mergemarker)
1103 # command-templates.mergemarker)
1104 labeltool = tool
1104 labeltool = tool
1105 if internalmarkerstyle != b'basic' or markerstyle != b'basic':
1105 if internalmarkerstyle != b'basic' or markerstyle != b'basic':
1106 premergelabels = _formatlabels(
1106 premergelabels = _formatlabels(
1107 repo, fcd, fco, fca, premergelabels, tool=labeltool
1107 repo, fcd, fco, fca, premergelabels, tool=labeltool
1108 )
1108 )
1109
1109
1110 r = _premerge(
1110 r = _premerge(
1111 repo, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=premergelabels
1111 repo, fcd, fco, fca, toolconf, files, labels=premergelabels
1112 )
1112 )
1113 # complete if premerge successful (r is 0)
1113 # complete if premerge successful (r is 0)
1114 return not r, r, False
1114 return not r, r, False
1115
1115
1116 needcheck, r, deleted = func(
1116 needcheck, r, deleted = func(
1117 repo,
1117 repo,
1118 mynode,
1118 mynode,
1119 orig,
1119 orig,
1120 fcd,
1120 fcd,
1121 fco,
1121 fco,
1122 fca,
1122 fca,
1123 toolconf,
1123 toolconf,
1124 files,
1124 files,
1125 labels=formattedlabels,
1125 labels=formattedlabels,
1126 )
1126 )
1127
1127
1128 if needcheck:
1128 if needcheck:
1129 r = _check(repo, r, ui, tool, fcd, files)
1129 r = _check(repo, r, ui, tool, fcd, files)
1130
1130
1131 if r:
1131 if r:
1132 if onfailure:
1132 if onfailure:
1133 if wctx.isinmemory():
1133 if wctx.isinmemory():
1134 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
1134 raise error.InMemoryMergeConflictsError(
1135 b'in-memory merge '
1135 b'in-memory merge '
1136 b'does not support '
1136 b'does not support '
1137 b'merge conflicts'
1137 b'merge conflicts'
1138 )
1138 )
1139 ui.warn(onfailure % fduipath)
1139 ui.warn(onfailure % fduipath)
1140 _onfilemergefailure(ui)
1140 _onfilemergefailure(ui)
1141
1141
1142 return True, r, deleted
1142 return True, r, deleted
1143 finally:
1143 finally:
1144 if not r and back is not None:
1144 if not r and back is not None:
1145 back.remove()
1145 back.remove()
1146
1146
1147
1147
1148 def _haltmerge():
1148 def _haltmerge():
1149 msg = _(b'merge halted after failed merge (see hg resolve)')
1149 msg = _(b'merge halted after failed merge (see hg resolve)')
1150 raise error.InterventionRequired(msg)
1150 raise error.InterventionRequired(msg)
1151
1151
1152
1152
1153 def _onfilemergefailure(ui):
1153 def _onfilemergefailure(ui):
1154 action = ui.config(b'merge', b'on-failure')
1154 action = ui.config(b'merge', b'on-failure')
1155 if action == b'prompt':
1155 if action == b'prompt':
1156 msg = _(b'continue merge operation (yn)?$$ &Yes $$ &No')
1156 msg = _(b'continue merge operation (yn)?$$ &Yes $$ &No')
1157 if ui.promptchoice(msg, 0) == 1:
1157 if ui.promptchoice(msg, 0) == 1:
1158 _haltmerge()
1158 _haltmerge()
1159 if action == b'halt':
1159 if action == b'halt':
1160 _haltmerge()
1160 _haltmerge()
1161 # default action is 'continue', in which case we neither prompt nor halt
1161 # default action is 'continue', in which case we neither prompt nor halt
1162
1162
1163
1163
1164 def hasconflictmarkers(data):
1164 def hasconflictmarkers(data):
1165 return bool(
1165 return bool(
1166 re.search(b"^(<<<<<<< .*|=======|>>>>>>> .*)$", data, re.MULTILINE)
1166 re.search(b"^(<<<<<<< .*|=======|>>>>>>> .*)$", data, re.MULTILINE)
1167 )
1167 )
1168
1168
1169
1169
1170 def _check(repo, r, ui, tool, fcd, files):
1170 def _check(repo, r, ui, tool, fcd, files):
1171 fd = fcd.path()
1171 fd = fcd.path()
1172 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
1172 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(repo)
1173 unused, unused, unused, back = files
1173 unused, unused, unused, back = files
1174
1174
1175 if not r and (
1175 if not r and (
1176 _toolbool(ui, tool, b"checkconflicts")
1176 _toolbool(ui, tool, b"checkconflicts")
1177 or b'conflicts' in _toollist(ui, tool, b"check")
1177 or b'conflicts' in _toollist(ui, tool, b"check")
1178 ):
1178 ):
1179 if hasconflictmarkers(fcd.data()):
1179 if hasconflictmarkers(fcd.data()):
1180 r = 1
1180 r = 1
1181
1181
1182 checked = False
1182 checked = False
1183 if b'prompt' in _toollist(ui, tool, b"check"):
1183 if b'prompt' in _toollist(ui, tool, b"check"):
1184 checked = True
1184 checked = True
1185 if ui.promptchoice(
1185 if ui.promptchoice(
1186 _(b"was merge of '%s' successful (yn)?$$ &Yes $$ &No")
1186 _(b"was merge of '%s' successful (yn)?$$ &Yes $$ &No")
1187 % uipathfn(fd),
1187 % uipathfn(fd),
1188 1,
1188 1,
1189 ):
1189 ):
1190 r = 1
1190 r = 1
1191
1191
1192 if (
1192 if (
1193 not r
1193 not r
1194 and not checked
1194 and not checked
1195 and (
1195 and (
1196 _toolbool(ui, tool, b"checkchanged")
1196 _toolbool(ui, tool, b"checkchanged")
1197 or b'changed' in _toollist(ui, tool, b"check")
1197 or b'changed' in _toollist(ui, tool, b"check")
1198 )
1198 )
1199 ):
1199 ):
1200 if back is not None and not fcd.cmp(back):
1200 if back is not None and not fcd.cmp(back):
1201 if ui.promptchoice(
1201 if ui.promptchoice(
1202 _(
1202 _(
1203 b" output file %s appears unchanged\n"
1203 b" output file %s appears unchanged\n"
1204 b"was merge successful (yn)?"
1204 b"was merge successful (yn)?"
1205 b"$$ &Yes $$ &No"
1205 b"$$ &Yes $$ &No"
1206 )
1206 )
1207 % uipathfn(fd),
1207 % uipathfn(fd),
1208 1,
1208 1,
1209 ):
1209 ):
1210 r = 1
1210 r = 1
1211
1211
1212 if back is not None and _toolbool(ui, tool, b"fixeol"):
1212 if back is not None and _toolbool(ui, tool, b"fixeol"):
1213 _matcheol(_workingpath(repo, fcd), back)
1213 _matcheol(_workingpath(repo, fcd), back)
1214
1214
1215 return r
1215 return r
1216
1216
1217
1217
1218 def _workingpath(repo, ctx):
1218 def _workingpath(repo, ctx):
1219 return repo.wjoin(ctx.path())
1219 return repo.wjoin(ctx.path())
1220
1220
1221
1221
1222 def premerge(repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=None):
1222 def premerge(repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=None):
1223 return _filemerge(
1223 return _filemerge(
1224 True, repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=labels
1224 True, repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=labels
1225 )
1225 )
1226
1226
1227
1227
1228 def filemerge(repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=None):
1228 def filemerge(repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=None):
1229 return _filemerge(
1229 return _filemerge(
1230 False, repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=labels
1230 False, repo, wctx, mynode, orig, fcd, fco, fca, labels=labels
1231 )
1231 )
1232
1232
1233
1233
1234 def loadinternalmerge(ui, extname, registrarobj):
1234 def loadinternalmerge(ui, extname, registrarobj):
1235 """Load internal merge tool from specified registrarobj
1235 """Load internal merge tool from specified registrarobj
1236 """
1236 """
1237 for name, func in pycompat.iteritems(registrarobj._table):
1237 for name, func in pycompat.iteritems(registrarobj._table):
1238 fullname = b':' + name
1238 fullname = b':' + name
1239 internals[fullname] = func
1239 internals[fullname] = func
1240 internals[b'internal:' + name] = func
1240 internals[b'internal:' + name] = func
1241 internalsdoc[fullname] = func
1241 internalsdoc[fullname] = func
1242
1242
1243 capabilities = sorted([k for k, v in func.capabilities.items() if v])
1243 capabilities = sorted([k for k, v in func.capabilities.items() if v])
1244 if capabilities:
1244 if capabilities:
1245 capdesc = b" (actual capabilities: %s)" % b', '.join(
1245 capdesc = b" (actual capabilities: %s)" % b', '.join(
1246 capabilities
1246 capabilities
1247 )
1247 )
1248 func.__doc__ = func.__doc__ + pycompat.sysstr(b"\n\n%s" % capdesc)
1248 func.__doc__ = func.__doc__ + pycompat.sysstr(b"\n\n%s" % capdesc)
1249
1249
1250 # to put i18n comments into hg.pot for automatically generated texts
1250 # to put i18n comments into hg.pot for automatically generated texts
1251
1251
1252 # i18n: "binary" and "symlink" are keywords
1252 # i18n: "binary" and "symlink" are keywords
1253 # i18n: this text is added automatically
1253 # i18n: this text is added automatically
1254 _(b" (actual capabilities: binary, symlink)")
1254 _(b" (actual capabilities: binary, symlink)")
1255 # i18n: "binary" is keyword
1255 # i18n: "binary" is keyword
1256 # i18n: this text is added automatically
1256 # i18n: this text is added automatically
1257 _(b" (actual capabilities: binary)")
1257 _(b" (actual capabilities: binary)")
1258 # i18n: "symlink" is keyword
1258 # i18n: "symlink" is keyword
1259 # i18n: this text is added automatically
1259 # i18n: this text is added automatically
1260 _(b" (actual capabilities: symlink)")
1260 _(b" (actual capabilities: symlink)")
1261
1261
1262
1262
1263 # load built-in merge tools explicitly to setup internalsdoc
1263 # load built-in merge tools explicitly to setup internalsdoc
1264 loadinternalmerge(None, None, internaltool)
1264 loadinternalmerge(None, None, internaltool)
1265
1265
1266 # tell hggettext to extract docstrings from these functions:
1266 # tell hggettext to extract docstrings from these functions:
1267 i18nfunctions = internals.values()
1267 i18nfunctions = internals.values()
@@ -1,2922 +1,2925
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 aspects of its behavior.
2 aspects of its behavior.
3
3
4 Troubleshooting
4 Troubleshooting
5 ===============
5 ===============
6
6
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
9 a setting into your environment.
9 a setting into your environment.
10
10
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 for information about how and where to override things.
12 for information about how and where to override things.
13
13
14 Structure
14 Structure
15 =========
15 =========
16
16
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20
20
21 [ui]
21 [ui]
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 verbose = True
23 verbose = True
24
24
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27
27
28 Files
28 Files
29 =====
29 =====
30
30
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34
34
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36
36
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38
38
39 .. container:: windows
39 .. container:: windows
40
40
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42
42
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44
44
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46
46
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 ones.
51 ones.
52
52
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54
54
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56
56
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
64 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
64 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
65
65
66 .. container:: verbose.windows
66 .. container:: verbose.windows
67
67
68 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
68 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
69
69
70 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
70 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
72 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
72 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
73 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
73 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
74 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
75 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
76 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
76 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
77 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
77 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
78 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
78 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
79 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
79 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
81 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
81 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
82
82
83 .. note::
83 .. note::
84
84
85 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
85 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
86 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
86 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
87
87
88 .. container:: verbose.plan9
88 .. container:: verbose.plan9
89
89
90 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
90 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
91
91
92 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
92 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
93 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
93 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
94 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
94 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
96 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
96 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
98 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
98 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
99
99
100 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
100 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
101 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
101 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
102 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
102 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
103 this file override options in all other configuration files.
103 this file override options in all other configuration files.
104
104
105 .. container:: unix.plan9
105 .. container:: unix.plan9
106
106
107 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
107 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
108 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
108 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
109 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
109 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
110
110
111 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
111 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
112 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
112 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
113 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
113 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
114 options.
114 options.
115
115
116 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
116 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
117 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
117 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
118 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
118 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
119
119
120 .. container:: unix.plan9
120 .. container:: unix.plan9
121
121
122 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
122 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
123 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
123 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
124 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
124 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
125 directory.
125 directory.
126
126
127 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
127 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
128 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
128 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
129 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
129 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
130 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
130 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
131 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
131 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
132 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
132 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
133 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
133 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
134
134
135 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
135 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
136 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
136 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
137 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
137 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
138 override per-installation options.
138 override per-installation options.
139
139
140 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
140 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
141 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
141 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
142 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
142 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
143 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
143 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
144 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
144 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
145 there.
145 there.
146
146
147 Syntax
147 Syntax
148 ======
148 ======
149
149
150 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
150 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
151 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
151 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
152 ``configuration keys``)::
152 ``configuration keys``)::
153
153
154 [spam]
154 [spam]
155 eggs=ham
155 eggs=ham
156 green=
156 green=
157 eggs
157 eggs
158
158
159 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
159 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
160 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
160 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
161 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
161 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
162 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
162 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
163
163
164 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
164 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
165 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
165 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
166
166
167 [spam]
167 [spam]
168 eggs=large
168 eggs=large
169 ham=serrano
169 ham=serrano
170 eggs=small
170 eggs=small
171
171
172 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
172 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
173
173
174 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
174 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
175 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
175 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
176 example::
176 example::
177
177
178 [foo]
178 [foo]
179 eggs=large
179 eggs=large
180 ham=serrano
180 ham=serrano
181 eggs=small
181 eggs=small
182
182
183 [bar]
183 [bar]
184 eggs=ham
184 eggs=ham
185 green=
185 green=
186 eggs
186 eggs
187
187
188 [foo]
188 [foo]
189 ham=prosciutto
189 ham=prosciutto
190 eggs=medium
190 eggs=medium
191 bread=toasted
191 bread=toasted
192
192
193 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
193 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
194 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
194 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
195 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
195 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
196 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
196 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
197
197
198 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
198 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
199 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
199 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
200 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
200 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
201 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
201 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
202 above.
202 above.
203
203
204 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
204 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
205 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
205 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
206 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
206 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
207 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
207 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
208 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
208 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
209 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
209 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
210
210
211 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
211 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
212
212
213 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
213 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
214
214
215 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
215 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
216 section, if it has been set previously.
216 section, if it has been set previously.
217
217
218 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
218 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
219 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
219 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
220 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
220 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
221 (all case insensitive).
221 (all case insensitive).
222
222
223 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
223 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
224 placed in double quotation marks::
224 placed in double quotation marks::
225
225
226 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
226 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
227
227
228 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
228 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
229 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
229 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
230 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
230 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
231
231
232 Sections
232 Sections
233 ========
233 ========
234
234
235 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
235 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
236 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
236 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
237 keys, and their possible values.
237 keys, and their possible values.
238
238
239 ``alias``
239 ``alias``
240 ---------
240 ---------
241
241
242 Defines command aliases.
242 Defines command aliases.
243
243
244 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
244 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
245 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
245 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
246 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
246 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
247 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
247 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
248 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
248 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
249 command to be executed.
249 command to be executed.
250
250
251 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
251 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
252
252
253 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
253 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
254
254
255 For example, this definition::
255 For example, this definition::
256
256
257 latest = log --limit 5
257 latest = log --limit 5
258
258
259 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
259 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
260 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
260 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
261
261
262 stable5 = latest -b stable
262 stable5 = latest -b stable
263
263
264 .. note::
264 .. note::
265
265
266 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
266 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
267 existing commands, which will then override the original
267 existing commands, which will then override the original
268 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
268 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
269
269
270 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
270 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
271 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
271 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
272 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
272 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
273
273
274 echo = !echo $@
274 echo = !echo $@
275
275
276 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
276 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
277 terminal. A better example might be::
277 terminal. A better example might be::
278
278
279 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
279 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
280
280
281 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
281 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
282 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
282 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
283
283
284 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
284 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
285 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
285 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
286 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
286 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
287 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
287 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
288 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
288 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
289 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
289 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
290
290
291 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
291 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
292 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
292 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
293 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
293 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
294 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
294 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
295 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
295 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
296 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
296 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
297
297
298 .. note::
298 .. note::
299
299
300 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
300 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
301 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
301 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
302 aliases.
302 aliases.
303
303
304
304
305 ``annotate``
305 ``annotate``
306 ------------
306 ------------
307
307
308 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
308 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
309 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
309 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
310 related options for the diff command.
310 related options for the diff command.
311
311
312 ``ignorews``
312 ``ignorews``
313 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
313 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
314
314
315 ``ignorewseol``
315 ``ignorewseol``
316 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
316 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
317
317
318 ``ignorewsamount``
318 ``ignorewsamount``
319 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
319 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
320
320
321 ``ignoreblanklines``
321 ``ignoreblanklines``
322 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
322 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
323
323
324
324
325 ``auth``
325 ``auth``
326 --------
326 --------
327
327
328 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
328 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
329 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
329 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
330 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
330 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
331 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
331 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
332 your HTTP server.
332 your HTTP server.
333
333
334 The following options apply to all hosts.
334 The following options apply to all hosts.
335
335
336 ``cookiefile``
336 ``cookiefile``
337 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
337 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
338 host will be sent automatically.
338 host will be sent automatically.
339
339
340 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
340 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
341 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
341 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
342 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
342 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
343 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
343 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
344 format."
344 format."
345
345
346 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
346 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
347 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
347 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
348 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
348 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
349
349
350 The cookies file is read-only.
350 The cookies file is read-only.
351
351
352 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
352 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
353 format::
353 format::
354
354
355 <name>.<argument> = <value>
355 <name>.<argument> = <value>
356
356
357 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
357 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
358 entries. Example::
358 entries. Example::
359
359
360 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
360 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
361 foo.username = foo
361 foo.username = foo
362 foo.password = bar
362 foo.password = bar
363 foo.schemes = http https
363 foo.schemes = http https
364
364
365 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
365 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
366 bar.key = path/to/file.key
366 bar.key = path/to/file.key
367 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
367 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
368 bar.schemes = https
368 bar.schemes = https
369
369
370 Supported arguments:
370 Supported arguments:
371
371
372 ``prefix``
372 ``prefix``
373 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
373 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
374 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
374 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
375 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
375 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
376 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
376 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
377 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
377 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
378 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
378 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
379
379
380 ``username``
380 ``username``
381 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
381 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
382 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
382 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
383 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
383 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
384 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
384 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
385 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
385 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
386 username or without a username will be considered.
386 username or without a username will be considered.
387
387
388 ``password``
388 ``password``
389 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
389 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
390 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
390 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
391 will be prompted for it.
391 will be prompted for it.
392
392
393 ``key``
393 ``key``
394 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
394 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
395 variables are expanded in the filename.
395 variables are expanded in the filename.
396
396
397 ``cert``
397 ``cert``
398 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
398 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
399 variables are expanded in the filename.
399 variables are expanded in the filename.
400
400
401 ``schemes``
401 ``schemes``
402 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
402 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
403 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
403 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
404 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
404 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
405 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
405 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
406 (default: https)
406 (default: https)
407
407
408 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
408 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
409 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
409 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
410
410
411 ``cmdserver``
411 ``cmdserver``
412 -------------
412 -------------
413
413
414 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
414 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
415
415
416 ``message-encodings``
416 ``message-encodings``
417 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
417 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
418 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
418 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
419 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
419 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
420 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
420 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
421
421
422 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
422 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
423 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
423 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
424 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
424 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
425 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
425 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
426 process gracefully.
426 process gracefully.
427 (default: True)
427 (default: True)
428
428
429 ``color``
429 ``color``
430 ---------
430 ---------
431
431
432 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
432 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
433 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
433 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
434
434
435 ``mode``
435 ``mode``
436 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
436 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
437 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
437 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
438 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
438 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
439 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
439 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
440
440
441 ``pagermode``
441 ``pagermode``
442 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
442 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
443
443
444 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
444 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
445 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
445 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
446 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
446 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
447 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
447 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
448 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
448 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
449 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
449 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
450 codes).
450 codes).
451
451
452 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
452 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
453 a different color mode than the pager program.
453 a different color mode than the pager program.
454
454
455 ``commands``
455 ``commands``
456 ------------
456 ------------
457
457
458 ``commit.post-status``
458 ``commit.post-status``
459 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
459 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
460 (default: False)
460 (default: False)
461
461
462 ``merge.require-rev``
462 ``merge.require-rev``
463 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
463 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
464 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
464 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
465 command aborts.
465 command aborts.
466 (default: False)
466 (default: False)
467
467
468 ``push.require-revs``
468 ``push.require-revs``
469 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
469 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
470 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
470 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
471 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
471 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
472 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
472 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
473 command aborts.
473 command aborts.
474 (default: False)
474 (default: False)
475
475
476 ``resolve.confirm``
476 ``resolve.confirm``
477 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
477 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
478 (default: False)
478 (default: False)
479
479
480 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
480 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
481 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
481 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
482 instead of re-merging files by default.
482 instead of re-merging files by default.
483 (default: False)
483 (default: False)
484
484
485 ``resolve.mark-check``
485 ``resolve.mark-check``
486 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
486 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
487 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
487 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
488 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
488 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
489 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
489 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
490 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
490 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
491 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
491 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
492 shown (an error will not be raised).
492 shown (an error will not be raised).
493 (default: ``none``)
493 (default: ``none``)
494
494
495 ``status.relative``
495 ``status.relative``
496 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
496 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
497 (default: False)
497 (default: False)
498
498
499 ``status.terse``
499 ``status.terse``
500 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
500 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
501 (default: empty)
501 (default: empty)
502
502
503 ``update.check``
503 ``update.check``
504 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
504 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
505 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
505 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
506 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
506 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
507 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
507 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
508 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
508 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
509 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
509 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
510 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
510 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
511 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
511 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
512 are present.
512 are present.
513 (default: ``linear``)
513 (default: ``linear``)
514
514
515 ``update.requiredest``
515 ``update.requiredest``
516 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
516 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
517 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
517 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
518 will be disallowed.
518 will be disallowed.
519 (default: False)
519 (default: False)
520
520
521 ``committemplate``
521 ``committemplate``
522 ------------------
522 ------------------
523
523
524 ``changeset``
524 ``changeset``
525 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
525 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
526 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
526 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
527
527
528 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
528 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
529 below can be used for customization:
529 below can be used for customization:
530
530
531 ``extramsg``
531 ``extramsg``
532 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
532 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
533 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
533 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
534
534
535 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
535 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
536 one shown by default::
536 one shown by default::
537
537
538 [committemplate]
538 [committemplate]
539 changeset = {desc}\n\n
539 changeset = {desc}\n\n
540 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
540 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
541 HG: {extramsg}
541 HG: {extramsg}
542 HG: --
542 HG: --
543 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
543 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
544 "HG: branch merge\n")
544 "HG: branch merge\n")
545 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
545 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
546 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
546 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
547 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
547 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
548 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
548 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
549 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
549 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
550 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
550 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
551 "HG: no files changed\n")}
551 "HG: no files changed\n")}
552
552
553 ``diff()``
553 ``diff()``
554 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
554 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
555
555
556 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
556 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
557 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
557 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
558 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
558 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
559 it::
559 it::
560
560
561 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
561 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
562
562
563 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
563 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
564 extra message::
564 extra message::
565
565
566 [committemplate]
566 [committemplate]
567 changeset = {desc}\n\n
567 changeset = {desc}\n\n
568 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
568 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
569 HG: {extramsg}
569 HG: {extramsg}
570 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
570 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
571 HG: Do not touch the line above.
571 HG: Do not touch the line above.
572 HG: Everything below will be removed.
572 HG: Everything below will be removed.
573 {diff()}
573 {diff()}
574
574
575 .. note::
575 .. note::
576
576
577 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
577 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
578 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
578 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
579 avoid showing broken characters.
579 avoid showing broken characters.
580
580
581 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
581 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
582 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
582 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
583 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
583 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
584 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
584 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
585
585
586 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
586 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
587 required):
587 required):
588
588
589 - :hg:`backout`
589 - :hg:`backout`
590 - :hg:`commit`
590 - :hg:`commit`
591 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
591 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
592 - :hg:`graft`
592 - :hg:`graft`
593 - :hg:`histedit`
593 - :hg:`histedit`
594 - :hg:`import`
594 - :hg:`import`
595 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
595 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
596 - :hg:`rebase`
596 - :hg:`rebase`
597 - :hg:`shelve`
597 - :hg:`shelve`
598 - :hg:`sign`
598 - :hg:`sign`
599 - :hg:`tag`
599 - :hg:`tag`
600 - :hg:`transplant`
600 - :hg:`transplant`
601
601
602 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
602 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
603 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
603 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
604 messages for each action.
604 messages for each action.
605
605
606 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
606 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
607 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
607 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
608 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
608 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
609 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
609 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
610 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
610 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
611 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
611 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
612 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
612 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
613 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
613 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
614 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
614 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
615 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
615 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
616 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
616 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
617 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
617 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
618 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
618 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
619 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
619 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
620 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
620 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
621 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
621 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
622 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
622 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
623 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
623 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
624 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
624 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
625 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
625 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
626 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
626 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
627 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
627 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
628 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
628 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
629 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
629 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
630 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
630 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
631 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
631 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
632
632
633 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
633 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
634 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
634 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
635 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
635 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
636 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
636 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
637
637
638 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
638 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
639 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
639 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
640 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
640 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
641 variable.
641 variable.
642
642
643 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
643 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
644 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
644 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
645 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
645 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
646
646
647 [committemplate]
647 [committemplate]
648 listupfiles = {file_adds %
648 listupfiles = {file_adds %
649 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
649 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
650 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
650 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
651 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
651 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
652 "HG: no files changed\n")}
652 "HG: no files changed\n")}
653
653
654 ``decode/encode``
654 ``decode/encode``
655 -----------------
655 -----------------
656
656
657 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
657 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
658 typically be used for newline processing or other
658 typically be used for newline processing or other
659 localization/canonicalization of files.
659 localization/canonicalization of files.
660
660
661 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
661 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
662 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
662 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
663 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
663 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
664 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
664 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
665 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
665 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
666 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
666 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
667
667
668 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
668 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
669 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
669 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
670
670
671 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
671 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
672 data on stdout.
672 data on stdout.
673
673
674 Pipe example::
674 Pipe example::
675
675
676 [encode]
676 [encode]
677 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
677 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
678 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
678 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
679 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
679 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
680
680
681 [decode]
681 [decode]
682 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
682 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
683 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
683 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
684 *.gz = gzip
684 *.gz = gzip
685
685
686 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
686 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
687 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
687 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
688 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
688 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
689 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
689 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
690 the command.
690 the command.
691
691
692 .. container:: windows
692 .. container:: windows
693
693
694 .. note::
694 .. note::
695
695
696 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
696 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
697 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
697 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
698 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
698 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
699
699
700 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
700 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
701 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
701 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
702 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
702 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
703
703
704
704
705 ``defaults``
705 ``defaults``
706 ------------
706 ------------
707
707
708 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
708 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
709
709
710 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
710 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
711 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
711 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
712
712
713 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
713 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
714 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
714 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
715
715
716 [defaults]
716 [defaults]
717 log = -v
717 log = -v
718 status = -m
718 status = -m
719
719
720 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
720 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
721 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
721 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
722 to the aliases of the commands defined.
722 to the aliases of the commands defined.
723
723
724
724
725 ``diff``
725 ``diff``
726 --------
726 --------
727
727
728 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
728 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
729 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
729 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
730 for related options for the annotate command.
730 for related options for the annotate command.
731
731
732 ``git``
732 ``git``
733 Use git extended diff format.
733 Use git extended diff format.
734
734
735 ``nobinary``
735 ``nobinary``
736 Omit git binary patches.
736 Omit git binary patches.
737
737
738 ``nodates``
738 ``nodates``
739 Don't include dates in diff headers.
739 Don't include dates in diff headers.
740
740
741 ``noprefix``
741 ``noprefix``
742 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
742 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
743
743
744 ``showfunc``
744 ``showfunc``
745 Show which function each change is in.
745 Show which function each change is in.
746
746
747 ``ignorews``
747 ``ignorews``
748 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
748 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
749
749
750 ``ignorewsamount``
750 ``ignorewsamount``
751 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
751 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
752
752
753 ``ignoreblanklines``
753 ``ignoreblanklines``
754 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
754 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
755
755
756 ``unified``
756 ``unified``
757 Number of lines of context to show.
757 Number of lines of context to show.
758
758
759 ``word-diff``
759 ``word-diff``
760 Highlight changed words.
760 Highlight changed words.
761
761
762 ``email``
762 ``email``
763 ---------
763 ---------
764
764
765 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
765 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
766
766
767 ``from``
767 ``from``
768 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
768 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
769 of outgoing messages.
769 of outgoing messages.
770
770
771 ``to``
771 ``to``
772 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
772 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
773
773
774 ``cc``
774 ``cc``
775 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
775 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
776 email addresses.
776 email addresses.
777
777
778 ``bcc``
778 ``bcc``
779 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
779 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
780 email addresses.
780 email addresses.
781
781
782 ``method``
782 ``method``
783 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
783 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
784 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
784 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
785 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
785 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
786 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
786 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
787 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
787 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
788 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
788 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
789
789
790 ``charsets``
790 ``charsets``
791 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
791 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
792 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
792 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
793 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
793 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
794 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
794 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
795 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
795 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
796 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
796 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
797 (default: '')
797 (default: '')
798
798
799 Order of outgoing email character sets:
799 Order of outgoing email character sets:
800
800
801 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
801 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
802 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
802 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
803 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
803 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
804 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
804 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
805 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
805 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
806
806
807 Email example::
807 Email example::
808
808
809 [email]
809 [email]
810 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
810 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
811 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
811 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
812 # charsets for western Europeans
812 # charsets for western Europeans
813 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
813 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
814 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
814 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
815
815
816
816
817 ``extensions``
817 ``extensions``
818 --------------
818 --------------
819
819
820 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
820 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
821 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
821 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
822
822
823 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
823 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
824 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
824 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
825 after the ``=``.
825 after the ``=``.
826
826
827 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
827 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
828 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
828 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
829 defines the extension.
829 defines the extension.
830
830
831 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
831 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
832 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
832 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
833 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
833 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
834
834
835 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
835 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
836
836
837 [extensions]
837 [extensions]
838 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
838 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
839 churn =
839 churn =
840 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
840 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
841 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
841 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
842
842
843
843
844 ``format``
844 ``format``
845 ----------
845 ----------
846
846
847 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
847 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
848 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
848 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
849 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
849 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
850 for config changes to be taken into account.
850 for config changes to be taken into account.
851
851
852 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
852 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
853 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
853 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
854
854
855 ``usegeneraldelta``
855 ``usegeneraldelta``
856 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
856 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
857 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
857 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
858 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
858 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
859 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
859 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
860
860
861 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
861 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
862
862
863 Enabled by default.
863 Enabled by default.
864
864
865 ``dotencode``
865 ``dotencode``
866 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
866 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
867 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
867 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
868 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
868 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
869 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
869 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
870
870
871 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
871 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
872
872
873 Enabled by default.
873 Enabled by default.
874
874
875 ``usefncache``
875 ``usefncache``
876 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
876 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
877 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
877 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
878 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
878 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
879 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
879 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
880
880
881 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
881 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
882
882
883 Enabled by default.
883 Enabled by default.
884
884
885 ``usestore``
885 ``usestore``
886 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
886 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
887 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
887 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
888 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
888 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
889 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
889 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
890
890
891 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
891 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
892
892
893 Enabled by default.
893 Enabled by default.
894
894
895 ``sparse-revlog``
895 ``sparse-revlog``
896 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
896 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
897 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
897 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
898 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
898 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
899 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
899 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
900
900
901 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
901 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
902
902
903 Enabled by default.
903 Enabled by default.
904
904
905 ``revlog-compression``
905 ``revlog-compression``
906 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
906 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
907 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
907 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
908 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
908 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
909 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
909 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
910 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
910 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
911
911
912 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
912 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
913
913
914 Default is `zlib`.
914 Default is `zlib`.
915
915
916 ``bookmarks-in-store``
916 ``bookmarks-in-store``
917 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
917 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
918 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
918 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
919
919
920 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
920 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
921
921
922 Disabled by default.
922 Disabled by default.
923
923
924
924
925 ``graph``
925 ``graph``
926 ---------
926 ---------
927
927
928 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
928 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
929 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
929 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
930 ``default`` branch stand out.
930 ``default`` branch stand out.
931
931
932 Each line has the following format::
932 Each line has the following format::
933
933
934 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
934 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
935
935
936 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
936 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
937 customized. Example::
937 customized. Example::
938
938
939 [graph]
939 [graph]
940 # 2px width
940 # 2px width
941 default.width = 2
941 default.width = 2
942 # red color
942 # red color
943 default.color = FF0000
943 default.color = FF0000
944
944
945 Supported arguments:
945 Supported arguments:
946
946
947 ``width``
947 ``width``
948 Set branch edges width in pixels.
948 Set branch edges width in pixels.
949
949
950 ``color``
950 ``color``
951 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
951 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
952
952
953 ``hooks``
953 ``hooks``
954 ---------
954 ---------
955
955
956 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
956 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
957 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
957 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
958 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
958 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
959 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
959 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
960 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
960 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
961 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
961 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
962 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
962 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
963
963
964 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
964 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
965
965
966 [hooks]
966 [hooks]
967 # update working directory after adding changesets
967 # update working directory after adding changesets
968 changegroup.update = hg update
968 changegroup.update = hg update
969 # do not use the site-wide hook
969 # do not use the site-wide hook
970 incoming =
970 incoming =
971 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
971 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
972 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
972 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
973 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
973 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
974 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
974 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
975
975
976 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
976 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
977 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
977 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
978 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
978 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
979 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
979 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
980 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
980 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
981 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
981 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
982 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
982 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
983
983
984 .. container:: windows
984 .. container:: windows
985
985
986 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
986 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
987 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
987 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
988 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
988 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
989 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
989 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
990 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
990 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
991 double quotes after processing.
991 double quotes after processing.
992
992
993 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
993 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
994 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
994 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
995
995
996 [hooks]
996 [hooks]
997 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
997 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
998 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
998 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
999 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
999 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1000
1000
1001 ``changegroup``
1001 ``changegroup``
1002 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1002 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1003 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1003 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1004 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1004 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1005
1005
1006 ``commit``
1006 ``commit``
1007 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1007 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1008 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1008 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1009 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1009 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1010
1010
1011 ``incoming``
1011 ``incoming``
1012 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1012 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1013 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1013 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1014 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1014 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1015
1015
1016 ``outgoing``
1016 ``outgoing``
1017 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1017 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1018 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1018 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1019 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1019 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1020
1020
1021 ``post-<command>``
1021 ``post-<command>``
1022 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1022 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1023 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1023 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1024 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1024 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1025 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1025 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1026 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1026 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1027 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1027 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1028 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1028 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1029
1029
1030 ``fail-<command>``
1030 ``fail-<command>``
1031 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1031 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1032 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1032 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1033 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1033 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1034 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1034 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1035 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1035 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1036 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1036 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1037 Hook failure is ignored.
1037 Hook failure is ignored.
1038
1038
1039 ``pre-<command>``
1039 ``pre-<command>``
1040 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1040 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1041 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1041 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1042 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1042 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1043 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1043 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1044 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1044 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1045 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1045 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1046 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1046 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1047 code.
1047 code.
1048
1048
1049 ``prechangegroup``
1049 ``prechangegroup``
1050 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1050 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1051 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1051 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1052 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1052 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1053 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1053 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1054
1054
1055 ``precommit``
1055 ``precommit``
1056 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1056 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1057 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1057 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1058 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1058 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1059
1059
1060 ``prelistkeys``
1060 ``prelistkeys``
1061 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1061 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1062 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1062 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1063 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1063 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1064
1064
1065 ``preoutgoing``
1065 ``preoutgoing``
1066 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1066 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1067 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1067 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1068 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1068 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1069 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1069 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1070 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1070 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1071 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1071 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1072 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1072 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1073 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1073 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1074
1074
1075 ``prepushkey``
1075 ``prepushkey``
1076 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1076 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1077 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1077 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1078 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1078 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1079 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1079 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1080 ``$HG_NEW``.
1080 ``$HG_NEW``.
1081
1081
1082 ``pretag``
1082 ``pretag``
1083 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1083 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1084 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1084 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1085 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1085 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1086 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1086 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1087
1087
1088 ``pretxnopen``
1088 ``pretxnopen``
1089 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1089 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1090 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1090 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1091 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1091 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1092 transaction from being opened.
1092 transaction from being opened.
1093
1093
1094 ``pretxnclose``
1094 ``pretxnclose``
1095 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1095 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1096 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1096 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1097 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1097 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1098 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1098 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1099 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1099 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1100 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1100 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1101 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1101 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1102 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1102 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1103 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1103 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1104 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1104 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1105 respectively, etc.
1105 respectively, etc.
1106
1106
1107 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1107 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1108 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1108 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1109 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1109 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1110 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1110 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1111 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1111 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1112 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1112 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1113 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1113 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1114 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1114 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1115 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1115 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1116 will be empty.
1116 will be empty.
1117 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1117 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1118 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1118 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1119 ``HG_TXNID``.
1119 ``HG_TXNID``.
1120
1120
1121 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1121 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1122 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1122 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1123 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1123 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1124 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1124 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1125 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1125 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1126 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1126 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1127 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1127 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1128 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1128 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1129 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1129 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1130 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1130 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1131 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1131 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1132 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1132 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1133
1133
1134 ``txnclose``
1134 ``txnclose``
1135 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1135 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1136 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1136 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1137 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1137 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1138 details about available variables.
1138 details about available variables.
1139
1139
1140 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1140 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1141 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1141 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1142 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1142 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1143 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1143 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1144 about available variables.
1144 about available variables.
1145
1145
1146 ``txnclose-phase``
1146 ``txnclose-phase``
1147 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1147 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1148 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1148 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1149 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1149 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1150 available variables.
1150 available variables.
1151
1151
1152 ``txnabort``
1152 ``txnabort``
1153 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1153 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1154 for details about available variables.
1154 for details about available variables.
1155
1155
1156 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1156 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1157 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1157 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1158 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1158 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1159 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1159 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1160 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1160 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1161 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1161 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1162 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1162 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1163 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1163 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1164
1164
1165 ``pretxncommit``
1165 ``pretxncommit``
1166 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1166 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1167 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1167 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1168 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1168 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1169 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1169 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1170 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1170 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1171 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1171 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1172
1172
1173 ``preupdate``
1173 ``preupdate``
1174 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1174 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1175 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1175 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1176 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1176 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1177 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1177 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1178
1178
1179 ``listkeys``
1179 ``listkeys``
1180 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1180 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1181 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1181 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1182 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1182 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1183
1183
1184 ``pushkey``
1184 ``pushkey``
1185 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1185 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1186 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1186 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1187 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1187 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1188 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1188 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1189
1189
1190 ``tag``
1190 ``tag``
1191 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1191 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1192 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1192 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1193 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1193 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1194
1194
1195 ``update``
1195 ``update``
1196 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1196 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1197 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1197 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1198 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1198 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1199 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1199 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1200
1200
1201 .. note::
1201 .. note::
1202
1202
1203 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1203 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1204 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1204 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1205 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1205 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1206 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1206 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1207 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1207 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1208
1208
1209 .. note::
1209 .. note::
1210
1210
1211 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1211 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1212 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1212 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1213 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1213 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1214 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1214 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1215
1215
1216 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1216 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1217
1217
1218 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1218 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1219 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1219 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1220
1220
1221 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1221 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1222 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1222 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1223 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1223 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1224 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1224 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1225 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1225 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1226 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1226 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1227
1227
1228 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1228 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1229 is treated as a failure.
1229 is treated as a failure.
1230
1230
1231
1231
1232 ``hostfingerprints``
1232 ``hostfingerprints``
1233 --------------------
1233 --------------------
1234
1234
1235 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1235 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1236
1236
1237 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1237 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1238
1238
1239 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1239 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1240 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1240 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1241 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1241 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1242
1242
1243 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1243 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1244 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1244 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1245 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1245 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1246 to a new certificate.
1246 to a new certificate.
1247
1247
1248 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1248 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1249
1249
1250 For example::
1250 For example::
1251
1251
1252 [hostfingerprints]
1252 [hostfingerprints]
1253 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1253 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1254 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1254 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1255
1255
1256 ``hostsecurity``
1256 ``hostsecurity``
1257 ----------------
1257 ----------------
1258
1258
1259 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1259 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1260 other machines.
1260 other machines.
1261
1261
1262 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1262 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1263
1263
1264 ``ciphers``
1264 ``ciphers``
1265 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1265 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1266
1266
1267 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1267 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1268 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1268 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1269
1269
1270 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1270 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1271 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1271 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1272 You have been warned.
1272 You have been warned.
1273
1273
1274 This option requires Python 2.7.
1274 This option requires Python 2.7.
1275
1275
1276 ``minimumprotocol``
1276 ``minimumprotocol``
1277 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1277 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1278
1278
1279 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1279 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1280 is used.
1280 is used.
1281
1281
1282 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1282 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1283
1283
1284 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1284 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1285 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1285 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1286
1286
1287 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1287 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1288 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1288 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1289 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1289 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1290 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1290 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1291
1291
1292 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1292 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1293 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1293 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1294 per-host basis.
1294 per-host basis.
1295
1295
1296 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1296 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1297
1297
1298 ``ciphers``
1298 ``ciphers``
1299 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1299 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1300 to the host on which it is defined.
1300 to the host on which it is defined.
1301
1301
1302 ``fingerprints``
1302 ``fingerprints``
1303 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1303 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1304 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1304 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1305 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1305 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1306 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1306 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1307
1307
1308 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1308 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1309 ``sha512``.
1309 ``sha512``.
1310
1310
1311 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1311 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1312
1312
1313 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1313 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1314 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1314 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1315 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1315 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1316 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1316 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1317 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1317 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1318 at the expense of convenience.
1318 at the expense of convenience.
1319
1319
1320 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1320 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1321
1321
1322 ``minimumprotocol``
1322 ``minimumprotocol``
1323 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1323 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1324 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1324 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1325
1325
1326 ``verifycertsfile``
1326 ``verifycertsfile``
1327 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1327 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1328 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1328 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1329 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1329 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1330
1330
1331 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1331 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1332 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1332 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1333 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1333 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1334
1334
1335 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1335 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1336 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1336 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1337 used.
1337 used.
1338
1338
1339 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1339 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1340 is set.
1340 is set.
1341
1341
1342 The format of the file is as follows::
1342 The format of the file is as follows::
1343
1343
1344 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1344 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1345 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1345 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1346 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1346 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1347 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1347 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1348 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1348 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1349 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1349 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1350
1350
1351 For example::
1351 For example::
1352
1352
1353 [hostsecurity]
1353 [hostsecurity]
1354 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1354 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1355 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1355 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1356 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1356 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1357 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1357 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1358
1358
1359 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1359 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1360 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1360 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1361
1361
1362 [hostsecurity]
1362 [hostsecurity]
1363 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1363 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1364 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1364 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1365
1365
1366 ``http_proxy``
1366 ``http_proxy``
1367 --------------
1367 --------------
1368
1368
1369 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1369 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1370 proxy.
1370 proxy.
1371
1371
1372 ``host``
1372 ``host``
1373 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1373 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1374 "myproxy:8000".
1374 "myproxy:8000".
1375
1375
1376 ``no``
1376 ``no``
1377 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1377 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1378 the proxy.
1378 the proxy.
1379
1379
1380 ``passwd``
1380 ``passwd``
1381 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1381 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1382
1382
1383 ``user``
1383 ``user``
1384 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1384 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1385
1385
1386 ``always``
1386 ``always``
1387 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1387 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1388 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1388 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1389
1389
1390 ``http``
1390 ``http``
1391 ----------
1391 ----------
1392
1392
1393 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1393 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1394
1394
1395 ``timeout``
1395 ``timeout``
1396 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1396 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1397 (default: None)
1397 (default: None)
1398
1398
1399 ``merge``
1399 ``merge``
1400 ---------
1400 ---------
1401
1401
1402 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1402 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1403
1403
1404 ``checkignored``
1404 ``checkignored``
1405 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1405 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1406 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1406 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1407 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1407 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1408 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1408 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1409 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1409 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1410 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1410 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1411
1411
1412 ``checkunknown``
1412 ``checkunknown``
1413 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1413 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1414 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1414 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1415 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1415 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1416 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1416 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1417
1417
1418 ``on-failure``
1418 ``on-failure``
1419 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1419 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1420 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1420 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1421 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1421 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1422 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1422 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1423 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1423 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1424 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1424 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1425 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1425 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1426 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1426 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1427 (default: ``continue``)
1427 (default: ``continue``)
1428
1428
1429 ``strict-capability-check``
1429 ``strict-capability-check``
1430 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1430 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1431 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1431 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1432 (default: False)
1432 (default: False)
1433
1433
1434 ``merge-patterns``
1434 ``merge-patterns``
1435 ------------------
1435 ------------------
1436
1436
1437 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1437 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1438 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1438 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1439 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1439 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1440 root.
1440 root.
1441
1441
1442 Example::
1442 Example::
1443
1443
1444 [merge-patterns]
1444 [merge-patterns]
1445 **.c = kdiff3
1445 **.c = kdiff3
1446 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1446 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1447
1447
1448 ``merge-tools``
1448 ``merge-tools``
1449 ---------------
1449 ---------------
1450
1450
1451 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1451 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1452 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1452 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1453 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1453 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1454 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1454 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1455
1455
1456 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1456 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1457
1457
1458 [merge-tools]
1458 [merge-tools]
1459 # Override stock tool location
1459 # Override stock tool location
1460 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1460 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1461 # Specify command line
1461 # Specify command line
1462 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1462 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1463 # Give higher priority
1463 # Give higher priority
1464 kdiff3.priority = 1
1464 kdiff3.priority = 1
1465
1465
1466 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1466 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1467 meld.priority = 0
1467 meld.priority = 0
1468
1468
1469 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1469 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1470 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1470 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1471
1471
1472 # Define new tool
1472 # Define new tool
1473 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1473 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1474 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1474 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1475 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1475 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1476
1476
1477 Supported arguments:
1477 Supported arguments:
1478
1478
1479 ``priority``
1479 ``priority``
1480 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1480 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1481 (default: 0)
1481 (default: 0)
1482
1482
1483 ``executable``
1483 ``executable``
1484 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1484 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1485
1485
1486 .. container:: windows
1486 .. container:: windows
1487
1487
1488 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1488 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1489 syntax.
1489 syntax.
1490
1490
1491 (default: the tool name)
1491 (default: the tool name)
1492
1492
1493 ``args``
1493 ``args``
1494 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1494 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1495 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1495 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1496 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1496 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1497
1497
1498 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1498 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1499 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1499 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1500 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1500 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1501 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1501 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1502 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1502 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1503
1503
1504 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1504 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1505 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1505 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1506 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1506 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1507 respectively.
1507 respectively.
1508 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1508 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1509
1509
1510 ``premerge``
1510 ``premerge``
1511 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1511 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1512 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1512 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1513 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1513 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1514 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1514 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1515 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1515 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1516 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1516 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1517 (default: True)
1517 (default: True)
1518
1518
1519 ``binary``
1519 ``binary``
1520 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1520 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1521 was selected by file pattern match)
1521 was selected by file pattern match)
1522
1522
1523 ``symlink``
1523 ``symlink``
1524 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1524 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1525
1525
1526 ``check``
1526 ``check``
1527 A list of merge success-checking options:
1527 A list of merge success-checking options:
1528
1528
1529 ``changed``
1529 ``changed``
1530 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1530 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1531 ``conflicts``
1531 ``conflicts``
1532 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1532 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1533 ``prompt``
1533 ``prompt``
1534 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1534 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1535
1535
1536 ``fixeol``
1536 ``fixeol``
1537 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1537 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1538 (default: False)
1538 (default: False)
1539
1539
1540 ``gui``
1540 ``gui``
1541 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1541 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1542
1542
1543 ``mergemarkers``
1543 ``mergemarkers``
1544 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1544 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1545 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1545 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1546 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1546 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1547 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1547 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1548 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1548 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1549 (default: ``basic``)
1549 (default: ``basic``)
1550
1550
1551 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1551 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1552 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1552 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1553 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1553 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1554 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1554 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1555 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1555 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1556 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1556 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1557
1557
1558 .. container:: windows
1558 .. container:: windows
1559
1559
1560 ``regkey``
1560 ``regkey``
1561 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1561 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1562 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1562 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1563 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1563 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1564 (default: None)
1564 (default: None)
1565
1565
1566 ``regkeyalt``
1566 ``regkeyalt``
1567 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1567 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1568 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1568 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1569 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1569 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1570 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1570 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1571 (default: None)
1571 (default: None)
1572
1572
1573 ``regname``
1573 ``regname``
1574 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1574 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1575 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1575 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1576
1576
1577 ``regappend``
1577 ``regappend``
1578 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1578 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1579 the executable name of the tool.
1579 the executable name of the tool.
1580 (default: None)
1580 (default: None)
1581
1581
1582 ``pager``
1582 ``pager``
1583 ---------
1583 ---------
1584
1584
1585 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1585 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1586 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1586 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1587
1587
1588 ``pager``
1588 ``pager``
1589 Define the external tool used as pager.
1589 Define the external tool used as pager.
1590
1590
1591 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1591 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1592 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1592 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1593 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1593 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1594
1594
1595 [pager]
1595 [pager]
1596 pager = less -FRX
1596 pager = less -FRX
1597
1597
1598 ``ignore``
1598 ``ignore``
1599 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1599 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1600
1600
1601 [pager]
1601 [pager]
1602 ignore = version, help, update
1602 ignore = version, help, update
1603
1603
1604 ``patch``
1604 ``patch``
1605 ---------
1605 ---------
1606
1606
1607 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1607 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1608 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1608 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1609
1609
1610 ``eol``
1610 ``eol``
1611 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1611 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1612 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1612 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1613 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1613 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1614 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1614 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1615 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1615 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1616 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1616 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1617 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1617 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1618 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1618 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1619 (default: strict)
1619 (default: strict)
1620
1620
1621 ``fuzz``
1621 ``fuzz``
1622 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1622 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1623 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1623 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1624 trying to apply a patch.
1624 trying to apply a patch.
1625 (default: 2)
1625 (default: 2)
1626
1626
1627 ``paths``
1627 ``paths``
1628 ---------
1628 ---------
1629
1629
1630 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1630 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1631
1631
1632 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1632 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1633 location of the repository. Example::
1633 location of the repository. Example::
1634
1634
1635 [paths]
1635 [paths]
1636 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1636 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1637 local_path = /home/me/repo
1637 local_path = /home/me/repo
1638
1638
1639 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1639 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1640 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1640 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1641 :hg:`push local_path`.
1641 :hg:`push local_path`.
1642
1642
1643 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1643 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1644 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1644 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1645
1645
1646 [paths]
1646 [paths]
1647 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1647 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1648 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1648 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1649
1649
1650 The following sub-options can be defined:
1650 The following sub-options can be defined:
1651
1651
1652 ``pushurl``
1652 ``pushurl``
1653 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1653 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1654 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1654 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1655
1655
1656 ``pushrev``
1656 ``pushrev``
1657 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1657 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1658
1658
1659 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1659 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1660 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1660 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1661
1661
1662 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1662 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1663 revision by default.
1663 revision by default.
1664
1664
1665 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1665 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1666 pushed.
1666 pushed.
1667
1667
1668 The following special named paths exist:
1668 The following special named paths exist:
1669
1669
1670 ``default``
1670 ``default``
1671 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1671 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1672
1672
1673 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1673 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1674 repository was cloned from.
1674 repository was cloned from.
1675
1675
1676 ``default-push``
1676 ``default-push``
1677 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1677 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1678 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1678 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1679
1679
1680 ``phases``
1680 ``phases``
1681 ----------
1681 ----------
1682
1682
1683 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1683 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1684 information about working with phases.
1684 information about working with phases.
1685
1685
1686 ``publish``
1686 ``publish``
1687 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1687 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1688 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1688 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1689 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1689 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1690 (default: True)
1690 (default: True)
1691
1691
1692 ``new-commit``
1692 ``new-commit``
1693 Phase of newly-created commits.
1693 Phase of newly-created commits.
1694 (default: draft)
1694 (default: draft)
1695
1695
1696 ``checksubrepos``
1696 ``checksubrepos``
1697 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1697 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1698 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1698 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1699 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1699 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1700 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1700 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1701 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1701 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1702 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1702 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1703 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1703 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1704 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1704 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1705 (default: follow)
1705 (default: follow)
1706
1706
1707
1707
1708 ``profiling``
1708 ``profiling``
1709 -------------
1709 -------------
1710
1710
1711 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1711 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1712 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1712 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1713 profiler (named ``stat``).
1713 profiler (named ``stat``).
1714
1714
1715 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1715 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1716 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1716 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1717 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1717 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1718
1718
1719 ``enabled``
1719 ``enabled``
1720 Enable the profiler.
1720 Enable the profiler.
1721 (default: false)
1721 (default: false)
1722
1722
1723 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1723 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1724
1724
1725 ``type``
1725 ``type``
1726 The type of profiler to use.
1726 The type of profiler to use.
1727 (default: stat)
1727 (default: stat)
1728
1728
1729 ``ls``
1729 ``ls``
1730 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1730 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1731 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1731 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1732 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1732 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1733 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1733 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1734 ``stat``
1734 ``stat``
1735 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1735 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1736 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1736 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1737 seconds.
1737 seconds.
1738
1738
1739 ``format``
1739 ``format``
1740 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1740 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1741 (default: text)
1741 (default: text)
1742
1742
1743 ``text``
1743 ``text``
1744 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1744 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1745 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1745 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1746 not kept.
1746 not kept.
1747 ``kcachegrind``
1747 ``kcachegrind``
1748 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1748 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1749 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1749 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1750 kcachegrind.
1750 kcachegrind.
1751
1751
1752 ``statformat``
1752 ``statformat``
1753 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1753 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1754 (default: hotpath)
1754 (default: hotpath)
1755
1755
1756 ``hotpath``
1756 ``hotpath``
1757 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1757 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1758 most time was spent).
1758 most time was spent).
1759 ``bymethod``
1759 ``bymethod``
1760 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1760 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1761 ``byline``
1761 ``byline``
1762 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1762 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1763 ``json``
1763 ``json``
1764 Render profiling data as JSON.
1764 Render profiling data as JSON.
1765
1765
1766 ``frequency``
1766 ``frequency``
1767 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1767 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1768 (default: 1000)
1768 (default: 1000)
1769
1769
1770 ``output``
1770 ``output``
1771 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1771 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1772 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1772 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1773 stderr)
1773 stderr)
1774
1774
1775 ``sort``
1775 ``sort``
1776 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1776 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1777 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1777 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1778 ``inlinetime``.
1778 ``inlinetime``.
1779 (default: inlinetime)
1779 (default: inlinetime)
1780
1780
1781 ``time-track``
1781 ``time-track``
1782 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1782 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1783 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1783 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1784
1784
1785 ``limit``
1785 ``limit``
1786 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1786 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1787 (default: 30)
1787 (default: 30)
1788
1788
1789 ``nested``
1789 ``nested``
1790 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1790 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1791 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1791 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1792 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1792 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1793 (default: 0)
1793 (default: 0)
1794
1794
1795 ``showmin``
1795 ``showmin``
1796 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1796 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1797 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1797 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1798 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1798 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1799
1799
1800 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1800 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1801
1801
1802 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1802 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1803 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1803 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1804
1804
1805 The option is unused on other formats.
1805 The option is unused on other formats.
1806
1806
1807 ``showmax``
1807 ``showmax``
1808 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1808 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1809 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1809 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1810
1810
1811 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1811 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1812
1812
1813 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1813 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1814
1814
1815 The option is unused on other formats.
1815 The option is unused on other formats.
1816
1816
1817 ``showtime``
1817 ``showtime``
1818 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
1818 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
1819 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
1819 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
1820 (default: true)
1820 (default: true)
1821
1821
1822 ``progress``
1822 ``progress``
1823 ------------
1823 ------------
1824
1824
1825 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1825 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1826 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1826 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1827 have a definite end point.
1827 have a definite end point.
1828
1828
1829 ``debug``
1829 ``debug``
1830 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
1830 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
1831
1831
1832 ``delay``
1832 ``delay``
1833 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1833 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1834
1834
1835 ``changedelay``
1835 ``changedelay``
1836 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1836 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1837 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1837 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1838
1838
1839 ``estimateinterval``
1839 ``estimateinterval``
1840 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1840 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1841 calculation. (default: 60)
1841 calculation. (default: 60)
1842
1842
1843 ``refresh``
1843 ``refresh``
1844 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1844 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1845
1845
1846 ``format``
1846 ``format``
1847 Format of the progress bar.
1847 Format of the progress bar.
1848
1848
1849 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1849 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1850 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1850 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1851 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1851 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1852 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1852 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1853 first num characters.
1853 first num characters.
1854
1854
1855 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1855 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1856
1856
1857 ``width``
1857 ``width``
1858 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1858 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1859 term width) will be used).
1859 term width) will be used).
1860
1860
1861 ``clear-complete``
1861 ``clear-complete``
1862 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1862 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1863
1863
1864 ``disable``
1864 ``disable``
1865 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1865 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1866
1866
1867 ``assume-tty``
1867 ``assume-tty``
1868 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1868 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1869
1869
1870 ``rebase``
1870 ``rebase``
1871 ----------
1871 ----------
1872
1872
1873 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1873 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1874 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1874 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1875 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1875 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1876
1876
1877 ``revsetalias``
1877 ``revsetalias``
1878 ---------------
1878 ---------------
1879
1879
1880 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1880 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1881
1881
1882 ``rewrite``
1882 ``rewrite``
1883 -----------
1883 -----------
1884
1884
1885 ``backup-bundle``
1885 ``backup-bundle``
1886 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
1886 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
1887
1887
1888 ``update-timestamp``
1888 ``update-timestamp``
1889 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
1889 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
1890 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
1890 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
1891 current version.
1891 current version.
1892
1892
1893 ``empty-successor``
1893 ``empty-successor``
1894
1894
1895 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
1895 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
1896 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
1896 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
1897 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
1897 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
1898
1898
1899 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
1899 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
1900 (EXPERIMENTAL)
1900 (EXPERIMENTAL)
1901
1901
1902 ``storage``
1902 ``storage``
1903 -----------
1903 -----------
1904
1904
1905 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1905 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1906 category impact performance and repository size.
1906 category impact performance and repository size.
1907
1907
1908 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1908 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1909 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1909 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1910 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1910 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1911 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1911 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1912
1912
1913 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1913 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1914 repository with many merges.
1914 repository with many merges.
1915
1915
1916 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
1916 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
1917 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
1917 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
1918 revisions from an external source.
1918 revisions from an external source.
1919 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1919 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1920
1920
1921 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
1921 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
1922 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
1922 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
1923 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
1923 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
1924 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
1924 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
1925 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
1925 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
1926 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
1926 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
1927 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
1927 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
1928 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
1928 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
1929
1929
1930 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
1930 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
1931 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
1931 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
1932 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
1932 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
1933
1933
1934 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
1934 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
1935 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
1935 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
1936 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
1936 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
1937
1937
1938 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
1938 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
1939 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
1939 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
1940 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1940 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1941
1941
1942 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
1942 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
1943 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
1943 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
1944 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
1944 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
1945 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
1945 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
1946 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
1946 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
1947 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
1947 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
1948 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
1948 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
1949 down.
1949 down.
1950
1950
1951 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
1951 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
1952 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
1952 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
1953
1953
1954 ``revlog.zlib.level``
1954 ``revlog.zlib.level``
1955 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
1955 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
1956 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
1956 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
1957 default value is 6.
1957 default value is 6.
1958
1958
1959
1959
1960 ``revlog.zstd.level``
1960 ``revlog.zstd.level``
1961 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
1961 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
1962 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
1962 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
1963 (default 3)
1963 (default 3)
1964
1964
1965 ``server``
1965 ``server``
1966 ----------
1966 ----------
1967
1967
1968 Controls generic server settings.
1968 Controls generic server settings.
1969
1969
1970 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
1970 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
1971 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
1971 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
1972 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
1972 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
1973
1973
1974 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
1974 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
1975 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
1975 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
1976 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
1976 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
1977
1977
1978 ``compressionengines``
1978 ``compressionengines``
1979 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1979 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1980 to clients.
1980 to clients.
1981
1981
1982 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1982 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1983 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1983 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1984 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1984 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1985
1985
1986 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1986 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1987 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1987 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1988 default wire protocol priority.
1988 default wire protocol priority.
1989
1989
1990 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1990 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1991 has no effect for legacy clients.
1991 has no effect for legacy clients.
1992
1992
1993 ``uncompressed``
1993 ``uncompressed``
1994 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1994 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1995 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1995 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1996 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1996 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1997 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1997 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1998 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1998 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1999 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
1999 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2000 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2000 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2001 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2001 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2002 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2002 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2003 (default: True)
2003 (default: True)
2004
2004
2005 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2005 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2006 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2006 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2007 changesets. (default: False)
2007 changesets. (default: False)
2008
2008
2009 ``preferuncompressed``
2009 ``preferuncompressed``
2010 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2010 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2011 protocol. (default: False)
2011 protocol. (default: False)
2012
2012
2013 ``disablefullbundle``
2013 ``disablefullbundle``
2014 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2014 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2015 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2015 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2016 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2016 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2017 (default: False)
2017 (default: False)
2018
2018
2019 ``streamunbundle``
2019 ``streamunbundle``
2020 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2020 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2021 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2021 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2022 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2022 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2023
2023
2024 ``pullbundle``
2024 ``pullbundle``
2025 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
2025 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
2026 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2026 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2027 entry will be streamed to the client.
2027 entry will be streamed to the client.
2028
2028
2029 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2029 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2030 for older clients.
2030 for older clients.
2031
2031
2032 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2032 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2033 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2033 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2034
2034
2035 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2035 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2036 while the push was preparing.
2036 while the push was preparing.
2037 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2037 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2038 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2038 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2039
2039
2040 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2040 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2041 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2041 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2042
2042
2043 ``validate``
2043 ``validate``
2044 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2044 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2045 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2045 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2046 present. (default: False)
2046 present. (default: False)
2047
2047
2048 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2048 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2049 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2049 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2050 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2050 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2051
2051
2052 ``bundle1``
2052 ``bundle1``
2053 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2053 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2054 exchange format. (default: True)
2054 exchange format. (default: True)
2055
2055
2056 ``bundle1gd``
2056 ``bundle1gd``
2057 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2057 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2058 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2058 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2059
2059
2060 ``bundle1.push``
2060 ``bundle1.push``
2061 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2061 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2062 format. (default: True)
2062 format. (default: True)
2063
2063
2064 ``bundle1gd.push``
2064 ``bundle1gd.push``
2065 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2065 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2066 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2066 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2067
2067
2068 ``bundle1.pull``
2068 ``bundle1.pull``
2069 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2069 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2070 format. (default: True)
2070 format. (default: True)
2071
2071
2072 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2072 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2073 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2073 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2074 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2074 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2075
2075
2076 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2076 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2077 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2077 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2078 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2078 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2079 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2079 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2080
2080
2081 ``bundle2.stream``
2081 ``bundle2.stream``
2082 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2082 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2083 (default: True)
2083 (default: True)
2084
2084
2085 ``zliblevel``
2085 ``zliblevel``
2086 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2086 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2087 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2087 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2088 commands that send repository history data).
2088 commands that send repository history data).
2089
2089
2090 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2090 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2091 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2091 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2092 maximum compression.
2092 maximum compression.
2093
2093
2094 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2094 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2095 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2095 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2096 but sends more bytes to clients.
2096 but sends more bytes to clients.
2097
2097
2098 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2098 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2099
2099
2100 ``zstdlevel``
2100 ``zstdlevel``
2101 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2101 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2102 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2102 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2103 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2103 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2104
2104
2105 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2105 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2106 delivering better compression ratios.
2106 delivering better compression ratios.
2107
2107
2108 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2108 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2109
2109
2110 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2110 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2111
2111
2112 ``view``
2112 ``view``
2113 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2113 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2114
2114
2115 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2115 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2116 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2116 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2117 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2117 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2118
2118
2119 ``smtp``
2119 ``smtp``
2120 --------
2120 --------
2121
2121
2122 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2122 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2123
2123
2124 ``host``
2124 ``host``
2125 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2125 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2126
2126
2127 ``port``
2127 ``port``
2128 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2128 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2129 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2129 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2130
2130
2131 ``tls``
2131 ``tls``
2132 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2132 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2133 smtps or none. (default: none)
2133 smtps or none. (default: none)
2134
2134
2135 ``username``
2135 ``username``
2136 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2136 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2137 (default: None)
2137 (default: None)
2138
2138
2139 ``password``
2139 ``password``
2140 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2140 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2141 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2141 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2142 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2142 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2143
2143
2144 ``local_hostname``
2144 ``local_hostname``
2145 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2145 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2146 itself to the MTA.
2146 itself to the MTA.
2147
2147
2148
2148
2149 ``subpaths``
2149 ``subpaths``
2150 ------------
2150 ------------
2151
2151
2152 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2152 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2153 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2153 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2154 rewrite rules of the form::
2154 rewrite rules of the form::
2155
2155
2156 <pattern> = <replacement>
2156 <pattern> = <replacement>
2157
2157
2158 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2158 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2159 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2159 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2160 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2160 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2161 ``replacements``. For instance::
2161 ``replacements``. For instance::
2162
2162
2163 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2163 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2164
2164
2165 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2165 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2166
2166
2167 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2167 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2168 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2168 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2169 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2169 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2170 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2170 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2171
2171
2172 ``subrepos``
2172 ``subrepos``
2173 ------------
2173 ------------
2174
2174
2175 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2175 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2176 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2176 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2177
2177
2178 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2178 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2179 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2179 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2180 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2180 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2181 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2181 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2182 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2182 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2183 the respective options below.
2183 the respective options below.
2184
2184
2185 ``allowed``
2185 ``allowed``
2186 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2186 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2187
2187
2188 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2188 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2189 will fail for all subrepository types.
2189 will fail for all subrepository types.
2190 (default: true)
2190 (default: true)
2191
2191
2192 ``hg:allowed``
2192 ``hg:allowed``
2193 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2193 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2194 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2194 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2195 is true.
2195 is true.
2196 (default: true)
2196 (default: true)
2197
2197
2198 ``git:allowed``
2198 ``git:allowed``
2199 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2199 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2200 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2200 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2201
2201
2202 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2202 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2203 (default: false)
2203 (default: false)
2204
2204
2205 ``svn:allowed``
2205 ``svn:allowed``
2206 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2206 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2207 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2207 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2208 is true.
2208 is true.
2209
2209
2210 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2210 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2211 (default: false)
2211 (default: false)
2212
2212
2213 ``templatealias``
2213 ``templatealias``
2214 -----------------
2214 -----------------
2215
2215
2216 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2216 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2217
2217
2218 ``templates``
2218 ``templates``
2219 -------------
2219 -------------
2220
2220
2221 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2221 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2222 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2222 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2223
2223
2224 ``trusted``
2224 ``trusted``
2225 -----------
2225 -----------
2226
2226
2227 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2227 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2228 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2228 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2229 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2229 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2230 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2230 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2231 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2231 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2232 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2232 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2233 section.
2233 section.
2234
2234
2235 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2235 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2236 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2236 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2237 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2237 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2238 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2238 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2239 user or service running Mercurial.
2239 user or service running Mercurial.
2240
2240
2241 ``users``
2241 ``users``
2242 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2242 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2243
2243
2244 ``groups``
2244 ``groups``
2245 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2245 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2246
2246
2247
2247
2248 ``ui``
2248 ``ui``
2249 ------
2249 ------
2250
2250
2251 User interface controls.
2251 User interface controls.
2252
2252
2253 ``archivemeta``
2253 ``archivemeta``
2254 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2254 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2255 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2255 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2256 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2256 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2257 (default: True)
2257 (default: True)
2258
2258
2259 ``askusername``
2259 ``askusername``
2260 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2260 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2261 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2261 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2262 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2262 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2263 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2263 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2264 (default: False)
2264 (default: False)
2265
2265
2266 ``clonebundles``
2266 ``clonebundles``
2267 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2267 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2268
2268
2269 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2269 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2270 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2270 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2271
2271
2272 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2272 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2273
2273
2274 (default: True)
2274 (default: True)
2275
2275
2276 ``clonebundlefallback``
2276 ``clonebundlefallback``
2277 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2277 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2278 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2278 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2279
2279
2280 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2280 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2281 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2281 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2282 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2282 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2283 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2283 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2284 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2284 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2285 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2285 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2286 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2286 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2287 fails.
2287 fails.
2288
2288
2289 (default: False)
2289 (default: False)
2290
2290
2291 ``clonebundleprefers``
2291 ``clonebundleprefers``
2292 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2292 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2293
2293
2294 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2294 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2295 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2295 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2296 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2296 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2297 bundle over another.
2297 bundle over another.
2298
2298
2299 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2299 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2300
2300
2301 BUNDLESPEC
2301 BUNDLESPEC
2302 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2302 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2303 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2303 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2304
2304
2305 COMPRESSION
2305 COMPRESSION
2306 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2306 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2307
2307
2308 Server operators may define custom keys.
2308 Server operators may define custom keys.
2309
2309
2310 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2310 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2311 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2311 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2312
2312
2313 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2313 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2314
2314
2315 ``color``
2315 ``color``
2316 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2316 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2317 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2317 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2318 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2318 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2319
2319
2320 ``commitsubrepos``
2320 ``commitsubrepos``
2321 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2321 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2322 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2322 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2323 changes, abort the commit.
2323 changes, abort the commit.
2324 (default: False)
2324 (default: False)
2325
2325
2326 ``debug``
2326 ``debug``
2327 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2327 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2328
2328
2329 ``editor``
2329 ``editor``
2330 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2330 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2331
2331
2332 ``fallbackencoding``
2332 ``fallbackencoding``
2333 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2333 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2334 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2334 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2335
2335
2336 ``graphnodetemplate``
2336 ``graphnodetemplate``
2337 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2337 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2338
2338
2339 ``ignore``
2339 ``ignore``
2340 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2340 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2341 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2341 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2342 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2342 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2343 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2343 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2344 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2344 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2345 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2345 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2346
2346
2347 ``interactive``
2347 ``interactive``
2348 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2348 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2349
2349
2350 ``interface``
2350 ``interface``
2351 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2351 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2352 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2352 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2353
2353
2354 ``interface.chunkselector``
2354 ``interface.chunkselector``
2355 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2355 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2356 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2356 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2357 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2357 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2358
2358
2359 ``large-file-limit``
2359 ``large-file-limit``
2360 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2360 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2361 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2361 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2362 (default: 10000000)
2362 (default: 10000000)
2363
2363
2364 ``logtemplate``
2364 ``logtemplate``
2365 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2365 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2366
2366
2367 ``merge``
2367 ``merge``
2368 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2368 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2369 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2369 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2370 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2370 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2371
2371
2372 ``mergemarkers``
2372 ``mergemarkers``
2373 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2373 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2374 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2374 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2375 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2375 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2376 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2376 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2377 (default: ``basic``)
2377 (default: ``basic``)
2378
2378
2379 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2379 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2380 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2380 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2381
2381
2382 ``message-output``
2382 ``message-output``
2383 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2383 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2384
2384
2385 ``channel``
2385 ``channel``
2386 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2386 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2387 ``stderr``
2387 ``stderr``
2388 Everything to stderr.
2388 Everything to stderr.
2389 ``stdio``
2389 ``stdio``
2390 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2390 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2391
2391
2392 ``origbackuppath``
2392 ``origbackuppath``
2393 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2393 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2394 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2394 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2395 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2395 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2396 suffix.
2396 suffix.
2397
2397
2398 ``paginate``
2398 ``paginate``
2399 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2399 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2400 for details.
2400 for details.
2401
2401
2402 ``patch``
2402 ``patch``
2403 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2403 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2404 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2404 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2405 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2405 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2406 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2406 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2407 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2407 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2408 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2408 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2409 from stdin.
2409 from stdin.
2410
2410
2411 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2411 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2412 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2412 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2413 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2413 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2414
2414
2415 ``portablefilenames``
2415 ``portablefilenames``
2416 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2416 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2417 (default: ``warn``)
2417 (default: ``warn``)
2418
2418
2419 ``warn``
2419 ``warn``
2420 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2420 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2421 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2421 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2422 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2422 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2423 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2423 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2424 file).
2424 file).
2425
2425
2426 ``ignore``
2426 ``ignore``
2427 Don't print a warning.
2427 Don't print a warning.
2428
2428
2429 ``abort``
2429 ``abort``
2430 The command is aborted.
2430 The command is aborted.
2431
2431
2432 ``true``
2432 ``true``
2433 Alias for ``warn``.
2433 Alias for ``warn``.
2434
2434
2435 ``false``
2435 ``false``
2436 Alias for ``ignore``.
2436 Alias for ``ignore``.
2437
2437
2438 .. container:: windows
2438 .. container:: windows
2439
2439
2440 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2440 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2441
2441
2442 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2442 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2443 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2443 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2444 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2445 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2446 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2447
2448 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2449 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2450 ``{other.islink}``.
2451
2444
2452 ``quiet``
2445 ``quiet``
2453 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2446 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2454 (default: False)
2447 (default: False)
2455
2448
2456 ``relative-paths``
2449 ``relative-paths``
2457 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2450 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2458
2451
2459 ``remotecmd``
2452 ``remotecmd``
2460 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2453 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2461 (default: ``hg``)
2454 (default: ``hg``)
2462
2455
2463 ``report_untrusted``
2456 ``report_untrusted``
2464 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2457 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2465 trusted user or group.
2458 trusted user or group.
2466 (default: True)
2459 (default: True)
2467
2460
2468 ``slash``
2461 ``slash``
2469 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2462 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2470
2463
2471 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2464 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2472 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2465 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2473 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2466 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2474 backslash character (``\``)).
2467 backslash character (``\``)).
2475 (default: False)
2468 (default: False)
2476
2469
2477 ``statuscopies``
2470 ``statuscopies``
2478 Display copies in the status command.
2471 Display copies in the status command.
2479
2472
2480 ``ssh``
2473 ``ssh``
2481 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2474 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2482
2475
2483 ``ssherrorhint``
2476 ``ssherrorhint``
2484 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2477 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2485 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2478 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2486
2479
2487 ``strict``
2480 ``strict``
2488 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2481 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2489 abbreviations. (default: False)
2482 abbreviations. (default: False)
2490
2483
2491 ``style``
2484 ``style``
2492 Name of style to use for command output.
2485 Name of style to use for command output.
2493
2486
2494 ``supportcontact``
2487 ``supportcontact``
2495 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2488 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2496 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2489 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2497 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2490 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2498
2491
2499 ``textwidth``
2492 ``textwidth``
2500 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2493 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2501 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2494 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2502 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2495 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2503 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2496 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2504 used. (default: 78)
2497 used. (default: 78)
2505
2498
2506 ``timeout``
2499 ``timeout``
2507 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2500 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2508 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2501 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2509
2502
2510 ``timeout.warn``
2503 ``timeout.warn``
2511 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2504 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2512 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2505 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2513
2506
2514 ``traceback``
2507 ``traceback``
2515 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2508 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2516 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2509 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2517 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2510 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2518 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2511 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2519
2512
2520 ``tweakdefaults``
2513 ``tweakdefaults``
2521
2514
2522 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2515 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2523 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2516 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2524 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2517 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2525 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2518 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2526 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2519 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2527 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2520 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2528
2521
2529 It currently means::
2522 It currently means::
2530
2523
2531 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2524 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2532
2525
2533 ``username``
2526 ``username``
2534 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2527 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2535 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2528 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2536 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2529 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2537 username are expanded.
2530 username are expanded.
2538
2531
2539 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2532 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2540 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2533 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2541 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2534 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2542 hgrc file)
2535 hgrc file)
2543
2536
2544 ``verbose``
2537 ``verbose``
2545 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2538 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2546
2539
2547
2540
2548 ``command-templates``
2541 ``command-templates``
2549 ---------------------
2542 ---------------------
2550
2543
2551 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2544 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2552
2545
2553 ``graphnode``
2546 ``graphnode``
2554 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2547 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2555 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2548 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2556
2549
2557 ``log``
2550 ``log``
2558 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2551 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2559
2552
2560 ``mergemarker``
2553 ``mergemarker``
2561 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2554 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2562 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2555 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2563 format.
2556 format.
2564
2557
2565 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2558 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2566 the first line of the commit description.
2559 the first line of the commit description.
2567
2560
2568 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2561 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2569 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2562 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2570 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2563 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2571 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2564 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2572 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2565 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2573 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2566 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2574 serious problems may occur.
2567 serious problems may occur.
2575
2568
2576 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2569 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2577
2570
2571 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
2572 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2573 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2574 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2575 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2576
2577 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2578 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2579 ``{other.islink}``.
2580
2578
2581
2579 ``web``
2582 ``web``
2580 -------
2583 -------
2581
2584
2582 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2585 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2583 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2586 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2584 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2587 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2585 and WSGI).
2588 and WSGI).
2586
2589
2587 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2590 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2588 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2591 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2589 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2592 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2590 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2593 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2591 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2594 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2592 checks.
2595 checks.
2593
2596
2594 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2597 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2595 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2598 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2596 command line::
2599 command line::
2597
2600
2598 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2601 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2599
2602
2600 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2603 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2601 that this should not be used for public servers.
2604 that this should not be used for public servers.
2602
2605
2603 The full set of options is:
2606 The full set of options is:
2604
2607
2605 ``accesslog``
2608 ``accesslog``
2606 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2609 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2607
2610
2608 ``address``
2611 ``address``
2609 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2612 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2610
2613
2611 ``allow-archive``
2614 ``allow-archive``
2612 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2615 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2613 (default: empty)
2616 (default: empty)
2614
2617
2615 ``allowbz2``
2618 ``allowbz2``
2616 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2619 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2617 revisions.
2620 revisions.
2618 (default: False)
2621 (default: False)
2619
2622
2620 ``allowgz``
2623 ``allowgz``
2621 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2624 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2622 revisions.
2625 revisions.
2623 (default: False)
2626 (default: False)
2624
2627
2625 ``allow-pull``
2628 ``allow-pull``
2626 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2629 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2627
2630
2628 ``allow-push``
2631 ``allow-push``
2629 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2632 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2630 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2633 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2631 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2634 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2632 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2635 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2633 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2636 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2634 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2637 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2635
2638
2636 ``allow_read``
2639 ``allow_read``
2637 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2640 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2638 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2641 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2639 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2642 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2640 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2643 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2641 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2644 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2642 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2645 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2643 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2646 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2644 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2647 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2645 examined after the deny_read list.
2648 examined after the deny_read list.
2646
2649
2647 ``allowzip``
2650 ``allowzip``
2648 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2651 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2649 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2652 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2650 (default: False)
2653 (default: False)
2651
2654
2652 ``archivesubrepos``
2655 ``archivesubrepos``
2653 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2656 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2654 (default: False)
2657 (default: False)
2655
2658
2656 ``baseurl``
2659 ``baseurl``
2657 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2660 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2658 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2661 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2659 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2662 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2660
2663
2661 ``cacerts``
2664 ``cacerts``
2662 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2665 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2663 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2666 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2664 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2667 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2665 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2668 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2666 with these certificates.
2669 with these certificates.
2667
2670
2668 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2671 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2669 command line.
2672 command line.
2670
2673
2671 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2674 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2672 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2675 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2673 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2676 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2674 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2677 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2675
2678
2676 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2679 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2677 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2680 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2678 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2681 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2679 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2682 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2680 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2683 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2681 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2684 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2682
2685
2683 ``cache``
2686 ``cache``
2684 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2687 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2685
2688
2686 ``certificate``
2689 ``certificate``
2687 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2690 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2688
2691
2689 ``collapse``
2692 ``collapse``
2690 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2693 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2691 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2694 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2692 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2695 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2693 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2696 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2694 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2697 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2695 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2698 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2696 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2699 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2697
2700
2698 ``comparisoncontext``
2701 ``comparisoncontext``
2699 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2702 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2700 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2703 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2701
2704
2702 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2705 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2703 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2706 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2704
2707
2705 ``contact``
2708 ``contact``
2706 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2709 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2707 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2710 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2708
2711
2709 ``csp``
2712 ``csp``
2710 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2713 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2711
2714
2712 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2715 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2713 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2716 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2714 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2717 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2715 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2718 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2716 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2719 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2717
2720
2718 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2721 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2719 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2722 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2720 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2723 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2721 threat model.
2724 threat model.
2722
2725
2723 ``deny_push``
2726 ``deny_push``
2724 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2727 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2725 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2728 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2726 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2729 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2727 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2730 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2728 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2731 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2729
2732
2730 ``deny_read``
2733 ``deny_read``
2731 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2734 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2732 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2735 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2733 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2736 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2734 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2737 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2735 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2738 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2736 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2739 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2737 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2740 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2738 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2741 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2739 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2742 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2740 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2743 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2741 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2744 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2742 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2745 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2743 list.
2746 list.
2744
2747
2745 ``descend``
2748 ``descend``
2746 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2749 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2747 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2750 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2748 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2751 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2749
2752
2750 ``description``
2753 ``description``
2751 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2754 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2752 (default: "unknown")
2755 (default: "unknown")
2753
2756
2754 ``encoding``
2757 ``encoding``
2755 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2758 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2756 Example: "UTF-8".
2759 Example: "UTF-8".
2757
2760
2758 ``errorlog``
2761 ``errorlog``
2759 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2762 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2760
2763
2761 ``guessmime``
2764 ``guessmime``
2762 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2765 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2763 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2766 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2764 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2767 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2765 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2768 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2766 repositories. (default: False)
2769 repositories. (default: False)
2767
2770
2768 ``hidden``
2771 ``hidden``
2769 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2772 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2770 (default: False)
2773 (default: False)
2771
2774
2772 ``ipv6``
2775 ``ipv6``
2773 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2776 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2774
2777
2775 ``labels``
2778 ``labels``
2776 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2779 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2777
2780
2778 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2781 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2779 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2782 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2780 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2783 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2781 if a specific label is present.
2784 if a specific label is present.
2782
2785
2783 ``logoimg``
2786 ``logoimg``
2784 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2787 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2785 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2788 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2786 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2789 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2787 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2790 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2788
2791
2789 ``logourl``
2792 ``logourl``
2790 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2793 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2791 will be used.
2794 will be used.
2792
2795
2793 ``maxchanges``
2796 ``maxchanges``
2794 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2797 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2795
2798
2796 ``maxfiles``
2799 ``maxfiles``
2797 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2800 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2798
2801
2799 ``maxshortchanges``
2802 ``maxshortchanges``
2800 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2803 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2801 pages. (default: 60)
2804 pages. (default: 60)
2802
2805
2803 ``name``
2806 ``name``
2804 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2807 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2805 (default: current working directory)
2808 (default: current working directory)
2806
2809
2807 ``port``
2810 ``port``
2808 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2811 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2809
2812
2810 ``prefix``
2813 ``prefix``
2811 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2814 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2812
2815
2813 ``push_ssl``
2816 ``push_ssl``
2814 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2817 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2815 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2818 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2816
2819
2817 ``refreshinterval``
2820 ``refreshinterval``
2818 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2821 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2819 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2822 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2820 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2823 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2821 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2824 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2822
2825
2823 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2826 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2824 (default: 20)
2827 (default: 20)
2825
2828
2826 ``server-header``
2829 ``server-header``
2827 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2830 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2828
2831
2829 ``static``
2832 ``static``
2830 Directory where static files are served from.
2833 Directory where static files are served from.
2831
2834
2832 ``staticurl``
2835 ``staticurl``
2833 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2836 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2834 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2837 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2835 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2838 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2836 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2839 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2837
2840
2838 ``stripes``
2841 ``stripes``
2839 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2842 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2840 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2843 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2841
2844
2842 ``style``
2845 ``style``
2843 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2846 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2844 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2847 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2845 Example: ``monoblue``.
2848 Example: ``monoblue``.
2846
2849
2847 ``templates``
2850 ``templates``
2848 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2851 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2849 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2852 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2850
2853
2851 ``websub``
2854 ``websub``
2852 ----------
2855 ----------
2853
2856
2854 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2857 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2855 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2858 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2856 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2859 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2857
2860
2858 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2861 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2859 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2862 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2860 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2863 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2861 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2864 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2862
2865
2863 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2866 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2864 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2867 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2865 HTML (see the examples below).
2868 HTML (see the examples below).
2866
2869
2867 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2870 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2868 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2871 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2869 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2872 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2870 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2873 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2871
2874
2872 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2875 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2873
2876
2874 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2877 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2875 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2878 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2876
2879
2877 Examples::
2880 Examples::
2878
2881
2879 [websub]
2882 [websub]
2880 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2883 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2881 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2884 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2882 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2885 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2883
2886
2884 ``worker``
2887 ``worker``
2885 ----------
2888 ----------
2886
2889
2887 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2890 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2888 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2891 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2889 helps performance.
2892 helps performance.
2890
2893
2891 ``enabled``
2894 ``enabled``
2892 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2895 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2893 (default: true)
2896 (default: true)
2894
2897
2895 ``numcpus``
2898 ``numcpus``
2896 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2899 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2897 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2900 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2898 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2901 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2899
2902
2900 ``backgroundclose``
2903 ``backgroundclose``
2901 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2904 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2902 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2905 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2903 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2906 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2904 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2907 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2905 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2908 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2906
2909
2907 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2910 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2908 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2911 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2909 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2912 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2910 threads.
2913 threads.
2911 (default: 2048)
2914 (default: 2048)
2912
2915
2913 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2916 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2914 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2917 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2915 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2918 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2916 enabled.
2919 enabled.
2917 (default: 384)
2920 (default: 384)
2918
2921
2919 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2922 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2920 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2923 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2921 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2924 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2922 (default: 4)
2925 (default: 4)
@@ -1,57 +1,83
1 Test histedit extension: Merge tools
1 Test histedit extension: Merge tools
2 ====================================
2 ====================================
3
3
4 Initialization
4 Initialization
5 ---------------
5 ---------------
6
6
7 $ . "$TESTDIR/histedit-helpers.sh"
7 $ . "$TESTDIR/histedit-helpers.sh"
8
8
9 $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF
9 $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF
10 > [alias]
10 > [alias]
11 > logt = log --template '{rev}:{node|short} {desc|firstline}\n'
11 > logt = log --template '{rev}:{node|short} {desc|firstline}\n'
12 > [extensions]
12 > [extensions]
13 > histedit=
13 > histedit=
14 > mockmakedate = $TESTDIR/mockmakedate.py
14 > mockmakedate = $TESTDIR/mockmakedate.py
15 > [ui]
16 > pre-merge-tool-output-template='pre-merge message for {node}\n'
17 > EOF
15 > EOF
18
16
19 Merge conflict
17 Merge conflict
20 --------------
18 --------------
21
19
22 $ hg init r
20 $ hg init r
23 $ cd r
21 $ cd r
22 $ cat >> .hg/hgrc <<EOF
23 > [command-templates]
24 > pre-merge-tool-output='pre-merge message for {node}\n'
25 > EOF
26
24 $ echo foo > file
27 $ echo foo > file
25 $ hg add file
28 $ hg add file
26 $ hg ci -m "First" -d "1 0"
29 $ hg ci -m "First" -d "1 0"
27 $ echo bar > file
30 $ echo bar > file
28 $ hg ci -m "Second" -d "2 0"
31 $ hg ci -m "Second" -d "2 0"
29
32
30 $ hg logt --graph
33 $ hg logt --graph
31 @ 1:2aa920f62fb9 Second
34 @ 1:2aa920f62fb9 Second
32 |
35 |
33 o 0:7181f42b8fca First
36 o 0:7181f42b8fca First
34
37
35
38
36 Invert the order of the commits, but fail the merge.
39 Invert the order of the commits, but fail the merge.
37 $ hg histedit --config ui.merge=false --commands - 2>&1 <<EOF | fixbundle
40 $ hg histedit --config ui.merge=false --commands - 2>&1 <<EOF | fixbundle
38 > pick 2aa920f62fb9 Second
41 > pick 2aa920f62fb9 Second
39 > pick 7181f42b8fca First
42 > pick 7181f42b8fca First
40 > EOF
43 > EOF
41 merging file
44 merging file
42 pre-merge message for b90fa2e91a6d11013945a5f684be45b84a8ca6ec
45 pre-merge message for b90fa2e91a6d11013945a5f684be45b84a8ca6ec
43 merging file failed!
46 merging file failed!
44 Fix up the change (pick 7181f42b8fca)
47 Fix up the change (pick 7181f42b8fca)
45 (hg histedit --continue to resume)
48 (hg histedit --continue to resume)
46
49
47 $ hg histedit --abort | fixbundle
50 $ hg histedit --abort | fixbundle
48 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
51 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
49
52
50 Invert the order of the commits, and pretend the merge succeeded.
53 Invert the order of the commits, and pretend the merge succeeded.
51 $ hg histedit --config ui.merge=true --commands - 2>&1 <<EOF | fixbundle
54 $ hg histedit --config ui.merge=true --commands - 2>&1 <<EOF | fixbundle
52 > pick 2aa920f62fb9 Second
55 > pick 2aa920f62fb9 Second
53 > pick 7181f42b8fca First
56 > pick 7181f42b8fca First
54 > EOF
57 > EOF
55 merging file
58 merging file
56 pre-merge message for b90fa2e91a6d11013945a5f684be45b84a8ca6ec
59 pre-merge message for b90fa2e91a6d11013945a5f684be45b84a8ca6ec
57 7181f42b8fca: skipping changeset (no changes)
60 7181f42b8fca: skipping changeset (no changes)
61 $ hg histedit --abort
62 abort: no histedit in progress
63 [255]
64 $ cd ..
65
66 Test legacy config name
67
68 $ hg init r2
69 $ cd r2
70 $ echo foo > file
71 $ hg add file
72 $ hg ci -m "First"
73 $ echo bar > file
74 $ hg ci -m "Second"
75 $ echo conflict > file
76 $ hg co -m 0 --config ui.merge=false \
77 > --config ui.pre-merge-tool-output-template='legacy config: {node}\n'
78 merging file
79 legacy config: 889c9c4d58bd4ce74815efd04a01e0f2bf6765a7
80 merging file failed!
81 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 1 files unresolved
82 use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges
83 [1]
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now